HARDWARE INSTALLATION GUIDE

Brocade X6-8 Director

Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07
12 May 2017
© 2017, Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Brocade, the B-wing symbol, and MyBrocade are registered trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other
countries. Other brands, product names, or service names mentioned of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. are listed at www.brocade.com/en/legal/
brocade-Legal-intellectual-property/brocade-legal-trademarks.html. Other marks may belong to third parties.

Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment,
equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without
notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade
sales office for information on feature and product availability. Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the
United States government.

The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. assume no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to the accuracy of this
document or any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained herein or the computer programs that accompany it.

The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license
agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software, and
obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

2 53-1004105-07
Contents
Preface...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Document conventions............................................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Notes, cautions, and warnings.....................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Text formatting conventions......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
Command syntax conventions.................................................................................................................................................................................................10
Brocade resources..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................10
Document feedback.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
Contacting Brocade Technical Support......................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Brocade customers.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................11
Brocade OEM customers.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11

About This Document..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13

Supported hardware and software................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
What is new in this document............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 14

Device Overview............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Product features.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Hardware components..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Port-side view of device.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................16
Port-side slot numbering.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Nonport-side view of the device ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18

Preparing for the Installation..........................................................................................................................................................................................21

Safety precautions.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21
General precautions......................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
ESD precautions............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 22
Power precautions.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................22
Lifting precautions.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................22
Laser precautions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Facility requirements..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Time and items required for installation.........................................................................................................................................................................................24
Quick installation checklists................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 25
Pre-installation tasks.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Installation and initial configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................................25
Items shipped........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26

Mounting the Device........................................................................................................................................................................................................29

Mounting options.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29
Mounting precautions............................................................................................................................................................................................................................29
Unpacking and transporting the device......................................................................................................................................................................................... 30
Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152) ..................................................................31
Time and items required............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Parts list............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 32
Parts list – NEBS kit..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33
Assembling the rack hardware................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34
Installing the device in the rack................................................................................................................................................................................................ 37
Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)...................................................................................... 39
Time and Items required.............................................................................................................................................................................................................40

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 3
 Parts list............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Assembling the rack hardware................................................................................................................................................................................................. 41
Installing the device in the rack................................................................................................................................................................................................ 43
Removing logo bezel protective cover........................................................................................................................................................................................... 45

Initial Setup and Verification.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 47

Configuration and verification task guide......................................................................................................................................................................................47
Items required...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Providing power to the device........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48
Connecting power cord to AC power supplies.................................................................................................................................................................. 49
Connecting power cord to HVAC/HVDC power supplies............................................................................................................................................50
Establishing a serial connection to the device.............................................................................................................................................................................55
Configuring the IP addresses.............................................................................................................................................................................................................56
Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device................................................................................................................................................................... 58
Setting the domain ID........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59
Setting the date and time.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................59
Setting the time zone................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60
Synchronizing local time with an external source.............................................................................................................................................................62
Customizing the chassis and switch name.................................................................................................................................................................................. 62
Verifying installed licenses and license key.................................................................................................................................................................................. 63
Verifying correct operation.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 63
Backing up the configuration............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64
Powering down the chassis.................................................................................................................................................................................................................65

Installing Transceivers and Cables................................................................................................................................................................................69

Supported transceivers and cables................................................................................................................................................................................................. 69
Port and extension blade transceivers ................................................................................................................................................................................. 70
Core routing blades.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................71
Time and items required...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Precautions specific to transceivers and cables.........................................................................................................................................................................74
Cleaning the fiber-optic connectors................................................................................................................................................................................................ 75
Cable management................................................................................................................................................................................................................................75
Installing an SFP+ transceiver............................................................................................................................................................................................................76
Replacing an SFP+ transceiver..........................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Installing a QSFP transceiver.............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Replacing a QSFP transceiver...........................................................................................................................................................................................................81
Verifying the operation of new transceivers................................................................................................................................................................................. 83

Monitoring the Device..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85

Introduction................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................85
Interpreting port blade LEDs..............................................................................................................................................................................................................85
Interpreting extension blade LEDs...................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Interpreting control processor blade LEDs...................................................................................................................................................................................90
Interpreting core routing blade LEDs..............................................................................................................................................................................................91
Interpreting WWN card LEDs............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 93
Interpreting power supply LEDs....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Interpreting fan assembly LEDs....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Interpreting POST and boot results.................................................................................................................................................................................................98
POST.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 98
Boot.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................99
Using monitoring commands............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 99
chassisShow.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 99

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

4 53-1004105-07
 errDump and errShow.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 103
fanShow..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................104
haShow........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 104
historyShow...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................104
psShow........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 106
sensorShow...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................106
slotShow......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
sfpShow..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................107
switchShow....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................114
supportSave..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................115
tempShow......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................117
Running diagnostic tests...................................................................................................................................................................................................................118

Port and Extension Blades.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 119

Port blade overview.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................119
FC32-48 blade port numbering and trunking.............................................................................................................................................................. 119
Extension blade overview................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 121
Extension features...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 121
SX6 blade port numbering and trunking.......................................................................................................................................................................... 122
Precautions specific to the blade...................................................................................................................................................................................................124
Faulty blade indicators....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 124
Time and items required for removal and installation...........................................................................................................................................................125
Removing a blade................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125
Installing a blade................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 127
Verifying blade operation.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 128

Core Routing Blades..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 131

Core routing blade overview............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 131
CR32-8 port numbering.........................................................................................................................................................................................................131
ICL trunking groups...................................................................................................................................................................................................................133
ICL cabling configurations...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 134
Precautions specific to the blade...................................................................................................................................................................................................135
Faulty core routing blade indicators..............................................................................................................................................................................................136
Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 137
Replacing a core routing blade....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 137
Preparing for replacement...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 137
Removing a core routing blade.............................................................................................................................................................................................138
Installing a core routing blade................................................................................................................................................................................................ 139
Verifying blade operation.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 141

Control Processor Blades............................................................................................................................................................................................ 143

Control processor blade overview.................................................................................................................................................................................................143
CPX6 port identification...........................................................................................................................................................................................................144
Precautions specific to the blade...................................................................................................................................................................................................144
Blade fault indicators.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 145
Blade replacement task guide........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 146
Replacing CP blade (hot-swap)............................................................................................................................................................................................ 146
Replacing a CP blade (cold-swap).......................................................................................................................................................................................146
Time and items required for replacement..................................................................................................................................................................................147
Preparing for replacement................................................................................................................................................................................................................147
Replacing a CP blade......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 148
Hot-swap procedure..................................................................................................................................................................................................................148

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 5
 Cold-swap procedure................................................................................................................................................................................................................154
Completing the replacement..................................................................................................................................................................................................158
Verifying blade operation.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 158

WWN Cards.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................161
WWN card overview........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 161
WWN card location and numbering....................................................................................................................................................................................161
Precautions specific to WWN cards.............................................................................................................................................................................................162
WWN card fault indicators................................................................................................................................................................................................................163
WWN card replacement task guide..............................................................................................................................................................................................164
Replacing WWN cards (hot-swap).......................................................................................................................................................................................164
Replacing WWN cards (cold-swap).....................................................................................................................................................................................164
Time and items required for replacement..................................................................................................................................................................................164
Using the wwnrecover utility............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 165
Preparing for WWN card replacement........................................................................................................................................................................................ 165
Hot-swap replacement...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 167
Cold-swap replacement.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 168
Removing the WWN card and bezel............................................................................................................................................................................................170
Configuring airflow direction on WWN cards........................................................................................................................................................................... 171
Verifying WWN card operation.......................................................................................................................................................................................................172

Power Supply Assemblies............................................................................................................................................................................................173

AC power supply overview...............................................................................................................................................................................................................173
HVAC/HVDC power supply overview........................................................................................................................................................................................ 174
Power supply assembly numbering.............................................................................................................................................................................................176
Fan and power supply airflow......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 176
Precautions specific to power supply assembly..................................................................................................................................................................... 178
Power supply assembly fault indicators..................................................................................................................................................................................... 178
Power supply assembly task guide.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 179
Installing additional power supply (hot-install)................................................................................................................................................................179
Replacing power supply assembly (hot-swap)...............................................................................................................................................................179
Replace or install power supply assembly (cold-install or cold-swap)................................................................................................................. 179
Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 180
Removing a power supply................................................................................................................................................................................................................180
Installing a power supply...................................................................................................................................................................................................................181
Verifying power supply operation..................................................................................................................................................................................................182

Fan Assemblies.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 185

Fan assembly overview..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 185
Fan and power supply airflow................................................................................................................................................................................................186
Fan assembly numbering........................................................................................................................................................................................................188
Precautions specific to fan assemblies.......................................................................................................................................................................................189
Fan assembly fault indicators..........................................................................................................................................................................................................189
Fan assembly task guide.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 189
Replacing fan assembly (hot-swap).................................................................................................................................................................................... 190
Replacing fan assembly (cold-swap).................................................................................................................................................................................. 190
Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 190
Removing a fan assembly ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................190
Installing a fan assembly...................................................................................................................................................................................................................192
Verifying fan operation.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................192

Blade Filler Panels......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 193

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

6 53-1004105-07
 Blade filler panel removal and replacement..............................................................................................................................................................................193
Removing a filler panel...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 193
Installing a filler panel......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 194

Cable management comb............................................................................................................................................................................................197

Cable management comb overview............................................................................................................................................................................................ 197
Time and items required for removal and installation...........................................................................................................................................................197
Removing cable management comb.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 197
Installing cable management comb............................................................................................................................................................................................. 198

Chassis door................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 199

Chassis door overview.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................199
Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 199
Removing a chassis door................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 199
Installing a chassis door.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200

Replacing the Chassis...................................................................................................................................................................................................203

Chassis replacement overview....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 203
Precautions specific to chassis replacement............................................................................................................................................................................203
Chassis replacement task guide.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 204
Chassis fault indicators...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 204
Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 205
Preparing for replacement................................................................................................................................................................................................................205
Recording critical device and SAN information..............................................................................................................................................................206
Disconnecting from network and fabric............................................................................................................................................................................ 209
Removing components from the chassis..................................................................................................................................................................................209
Installing the replacement chassis.................................................................................................................................................................................................210
Installing components into the chassis....................................................................................................................................................................................... 210
Synchronizing airflow direction on WWN cards...................................................................................................................................................................... 211
Downloading the configuration...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 212
Reconnecting system to the network and fabric.....................................................................................................................................................................212
Verifying correct operation of system..........................................................................................................................................................................................213
Verifying correct configuration of the fabric.............................................................................................................................................................................. 215

Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... 217

System specifications.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................217
Fibre channel..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................219
LEDs..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................219
Other......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 220
Weight and physical dimensions................................................................................................................................................................................................... 220
Environmental requirements........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 221
Power supply specifications (per PSU)....................................................................................................................................................................................... 221
Power supply requirements............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 222
Power consumption for AC power supplies (typical configuration).................................................................................................................................223
Power consumption for AC power supplies (idle configuration).......................................................................................................................................223
Power consumption for AC power supplies (maximum configuration).........................................................................................................................224
Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies (typical configuration).......................................................................................................... 224
Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies (idle configuration)................................................................................................................ 225
Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies (maximum configuration)...................................................................................................225
Power consumption (modules).......................................................................................................................................................................................................226
Fibre Channel data transmission ranges....................................................................................................................................................................................227
Data port specifications (Fibre Channel).....................................................................................................................................................................................227

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 7
 Class 1M transceiver specification............................................................................................................................................................................................... 228
Serial port specifications (pinout RJ-45)....................................................................................................................................................................................228
Serial port specifications (protocol)...............................................................................................................................................................................................228
Memory specifications (per CP blade)........................................................................................................................................................................................ 228
Regulatory compliance (EMC)........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 229
Regulatory compliance (safety)...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 229
Regulatory compliance (environmental)..................................................................................................................................................................................... 229

Regulatory Statements................................................................................................................................................................................................. 231

BSMI statement (Taiwan).................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 231
Canadian requirements......................................................................................................................................................................................................................231
CE statement......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 231
China ROHS.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 232
FCC warning (US only)...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 232
KCC statement (Republic of Korea).............................................................................................................................................................................................. 232
VCCI statement.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................232
Germany statement.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................232

Cautions and Danger Notices..................................................................................................................................................................................... 233

Cautions................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 233
General cautions......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 233
Electrical cautions....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 235
Cautions related to equipment weight............................................................................................................................................................................... 237
Danger Notices..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 238
General dangers.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 238
Dangers related to equipment weight................................................................................................................................................................................ 238
Electrical dangers........................................................................................................................................................................................................................239
Laser dangers.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 241

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

8 53-1004105-07
Preface
• Document conventions...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
• Brocade resources............................................................................................................................................................................................ 10
• Document feedback......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
• Contacting Brocade Technical Support....................................................................................................................................................11

Document conventions
The document conventions describe text formatting conventions, command syntax conventions, and important notice formats used in
Brocade technical documentation.

Notes, cautions, and warnings

Notes, cautions, and warning statements may be used in this document. They are listed in the order of increasing severity of potential

hazards.

NOTE
A Note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.

ATTENTION
An Attention statement indicates a stronger note, for example, to alert you when traffic might be interrupted or the device might
reboot.

CAUTION
A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware,
firmware, software, or data.

DANGER
A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety
labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.

Text formatting conventions

Text formatting conventions such as boldface, italic, or Courier font may be used to highlight specific words or phrases.

Format Description
bold text Identifies command names.

Identifies keywords and operands.

Identifies the names of GUI elements.

Identifies text to enter in the GUI.

italic text Identifies emphasis.

Identifies variables.

Identifies document titles.

Courier font Identifies CLI output.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 9
Brocade resources

Format Description

Identifies command syntax examples.

Command syntax conventions

Bold and italic text identify command syntax components. Delimiters and operators define groupings of parameters and their logical
relationships.

Convention Description
bold text Identifies command names, keywords, and command options.
italic text Identifies a variable.
value In Fibre Channel products, a fixed value provided as input to a command option is printed in plain text, for
example, --show WWN.
[] Syntax components displayed within square brackets are optional.

Default responses to system prompts are enclosed in square brackets.

{x|y|z} A choice of required parameters is enclosed in curly brackets separated by vertical bars. You must select
one of the options.

In Fibre Channel products, square brackets may be used instead for this purpose.
x|y A vertical bar separates mutually exclusive elements.
<> Nonprinting characters, for example, passwords, are enclosed in angle brackets.
... Repeat the previous element, for example, member[member...].
\ Indicates a “soft” line break in command examples. If a backslash separates two lines of a command
input, enter the entire command at the prompt without the backslash.

Brocade resources
Visit the Brocade website to locate related documentation for your product and additional Brocade resources.

White papers, data sheets, and the most recent versions of Brocade software and hardware manuals are available at www.brocade.com.
Product documentation for all supported releases is available to registered users at MyBrocade.

Click the Support tab and select Document Library to access product documentation on MyBrocade or www.brocade.com. You can
locate documentation by product or by operating system.

Release notes are bundled with software downloads on MyBrocade. Links to software downloads are available on the MyBrocade landing
page and in the Document Library.

Document feedback
Quality is our first concern at Brocade, and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document.
However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. You can
provide feedback in two ways:
• Through the online feedback form in the HTML documents posted on www.brocade.com
• By sending your feedback to [email protected]

Provide the publication title, part number, and as much detail as possible, including the topic heading and page number if applicable, as
well as your suggestions for improvement.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

10 53-1004105-07
 Contacting Brocade Technical Support

Contacting Brocade Technical Support

As a Brocade customer, you can contact Brocade Technical Support 24x7 online or by telephone. Brocade OEM customers should
contact their OEM/solution provider.

Brocade customers
For product support information and the latest information on contacting the Technical Assistance Center, go to www.brocade.com and
select Support.

If you have purchased Brocade product support directly from Brocade, use one of the following methods to contact the Brocade
Technical Assistance Center 24x7.

Online Telephone

Preferred method of contact for non-urgent issues: Required for Sev 1-Critical and Sev 2-High issues:
• Case management through the MyBrocade portal. • Continental US: 1-800-752-8061
• Quick Access links to Knowledge Base, Community, Document • Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia Pacific: +800-AT FIBREE
Library, Software Downloads and Licensing tools (+800 28 34 27 33)
• Toll-free numbers are available in many countries.
• For areas unable to access a toll-free number:
+1-408-333-6061

Brocade OEM customers

If you have purchased Brocade product support from a Brocade OEM/solution provider, contact your OEM/solution provider for all of
your product support needs.
• OEM/solution providers are trained and certified by Brocade to support Brocade® products.
• Brocade provides backline support for issues that cannot be resolved by the OEM/solution provider.
• Brocade Supplemental Support augments your existing OEM support contract, providing direct access to Brocade expertise.
For more information, contact Brocade or your OEM.
• For questions regarding service levels and response times, contact your OEM/solution provider.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 11
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
12 53-1004105-07
About This Document
• Supported hardware and software..............................................................................................................................................................13
• What is new in this document.......................................................................................................................................................................14

Supported hardware and software

The following tables list the major field replaceable units (FRUs) and rack mount kits supported for the Brocade X6 Director. First release
of this product was at Fabric OS 8.0.1.

TABLE 1 OS-dependent FRUs

FRU Part Number Short Description Introduced (OS) Currently
supported

AC power supply XBR-X6- Provides 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
RACNPIPSU-0104 (200-240 VAC). This model supports nonport-
side intake (NPI) airflow.
XBR-X6- Provides 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
RACNPEPSU-010 (200-277 VAC). This model supports nonport-
4 side exhaust (NPE) airflow.
HVAC/HVDC power XBR-X6- Dual-function high-voltage model provides the Fabric OS 8.1.0a Yes
supply HVNPIPSU-0104 following power output from either high-voltage
AC or DC power source:
• 1450 W (100-120 VAC)
• 2870 W (200-277 VAC)
• 2870 W (240-380 VDC)

This model supports nonport-side intake (NPI)

airflow.
XBR-X6- Dual-function high-voltage model provides the Fabric OS 8.1.0a Yes
HVNPEPSU-0104 following power output from either high-voltage
AC or DC power source:
• 1450 W (100-120 VAC)
• 2870 W (200-277 VAC)
• 2870 W (240-380 VDC)

This model supports nonport-side exhaust (NPE)

airflow.
Fan assembly XBR-X6-NPI-0122 Supports NPI airflow Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
XBR-X6- Supports NPE airflow Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
NPE-0122
FC32-48 blade XBR-X6-0148 Fibre Channel port blade with 48 32- Gbps SFP+ Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
ports
CPX6 blade XBR-CPX6-0103 Control processor (CP) blade Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
CR32-8 blade XBR-X68-0106 Core routing (CR) blade with 16 4x32 -Gbps Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
QSFP+ ports for Brocade X6-8 Director.
SX6 blade XBR-SX6-0000 Extension (X) blade with 16 32-Gbps Fibre Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
Channel SFP+ ports, 16 10-GbE SFP+ ports,
and 2 40-GbE QSFP+ ports
WWN card XBR-X6-0124 World Wide Name card Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 13
What is new in this document

TABLE 1 OS-dependent FRUs (continued)

FRU Part Number Short Description Introduced (OS) Currently
supported
Blade slot filler panel XBR-X6-0128 Required to cover empty slot to maintain airflow in Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
chassis.
Power supply assembly XBR-X6-0130 Required to cover empty slot to maintain airflow in Fabric OS 8.0.1 Yes
slot filler panel chassis.

TABLE 2 Rack mount kits

Kit Part Number Short Description

Rack mount kits XBR-DCX-0121 Mid-mount rack mount kit for two-post rack
XBR-DCX-0120 14U rack mount kit for four-post rack (27–31 in.)
XBR-DCX-0152 14U rack mount kit for four-post rack (22 in.)

What is new in this document

The following changes have been made in this document:
• Removed "Verifying the PID mode" section from "Initial setup and configuration" section because it is no longer a configuration
requirement.
• Modified the following sections in Replacing the Chassis on page 203:
– Recording critical device and SAN information on page 206 – Revised introduction to using critical information checklist,
removed note to run supportShow command, removed -sw option from step to enter ipAddrShow command, and added
more information to step to enter supportShow command.
– Reconnecting system to the network and fabric on page 212 – Revised step 1 to include references to sections in "Initial
configuration" for connecting serial cable, establishing a serial connection, configuring IP addresses, and establishing an
Ethernet connection to the device.
– Verifying correct operation of system on page 213 – Moved this section to after Reconnecting system to the network and
fabric on page 212.
– Verifying correct configuration of the fabric on page 215 – Added step to modify SCC policy for fabric, if one exists, to add
WWN of new chassis.
• In Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217, modified the “Fibre Channel data transmission ranges” table.
For 32 Gbps transmission, under 50nm, the OM2 range was doubled to 20m, and the extra OM4 entry was removed. Under
9nm, the 10m value was replaced with “N/A”.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

14 53-1004105-07
Device Overview
• Product features................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15
• Hardware components.................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
• Port-side view of device................................................................................................................................................................................. 16
• Port-side slot numbering............................................................................................................................................................................... 18
• Nonport-side view of the device ................................................................................................................................................................18

Product features
Key product features for this device include the following:
• Redundant and hot-swappable SFP, SFP+, SFP28, and QSFP+ transceivers; port, extension, control processor (CP) and core
routing (CR) blades; power supply assemblies, fan assemblies, and WWN cards that enable a high availability platform and allow
nondisruptive software upgrades for mission-critical SAN applications.
• Up to 384 32-Gbps external ports and 32 4x32-Gbps QSFP (ICL) ports in a single chassis, enabling high density SAN
configurations with reduced footprint.
• Support for 48 4-, 8-, 16-, and 32-Gbps autosensing Fibre Channel ports on FC32-48 port blades. Trunking technology
groups up to eight ports to create high performance 256-Gbps ISL trunks between switches using 32-Gbps ports.
• 10-Gbps FC-type SFPs on FC32-48 port blades and 10-GbE SFPs on the SX6 application blades. The two types of SFPs
are not interchangeable. The 10-Gbps transceivers can be used for any port on the FC32-48 port blades.
• Support for 16 Fibre Channel ports supporting 4-, 8-, 16-, and 32-Gbps; 16 GbE ports supporting 1 or 10 Gbps; and two
GbE ports supporting 40 Gbps on SX6 extension blades. Trunking technology groups up to eight ports to create high
performance 256-Gbps ISL trunks between switches using 32-Gbps ports.
• Support for FC quad SFP (QSFP) ports supporting 4x16 Gbps and 4x32 Gbps on core CR blades. Up to nine chassis in a full-
mesh topology and 12 chassis in a core-to-edge topology can be connected using these Fibre Channel ports for inter-chassis
links (ICLs).
• Universal ports that self-configure as E_Ports, F_Ports, EX_Ports, M_Ports (mirror ports), and FICON ports. The 10-Gbps
ports on the port blade can function as E_Ports only.
• ClearLink Diagnostic port (D_Port) functionality on Fibre Channel ports.
• Data compression capabilities through the port blades when ports are configured as ISLs.
• The SX6 blades perform as extension platforms to support Fibre Channel (FC) and FICON data flows and IP-based storage
data flows over an IP WAN.

Hardware components
The device has a modular and scalable mechanical construction that allows a wide range of flexibility in installation, fabric design, and
maintenance. The device can be mounted with the cables facing either the front or the rear of the equipment rack, and consists of the
following:
• Up to eight slots for hot-swappable port blade assemblies, providing up to 384 32-Gbps Fibre Channel ports.
• Two half-size slots for control processor (CP) blades:
– A single active CP blade can control all the ports in the device.
– The standby CP blade assumes control of the device if the active CP blade fails.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 15
Port-side view of device

• Two slots for core routing (CR) blades:

– CR blade interconnects all port blades.
– Up to 32 4x32-Gbps QSFP (ICL) ports.
– ICL ports allow interconnection with neighboring Director chassis
– Both CR blades are active and can be hot-swapped.
• Up to four slots for modular, hot-swappable 34-port SX6 extension blades. Blades provide 16 32– Gbps Fibre Channel (FC)
ports supporting 8, 16, and 32 Gbps or 16 16-Gbps FC ports supporting 4, 8, and 16 Gbps; 16 GbE ports supporting 1 or
10 Gbps; and 2 GbE ports supporting 40 Gbps. Extension blades enable long-distance communication over an existing IP
infrastructure.
• Modular, hot-swappable field-replaceable units (FRUs):
– Three fan assemblies, available with nonport-side intake (NPI) or nonport-side exhaust (NPE) airflow.
– Up to four power supply assemblies, available with nonport-side intake (NPI) or nonport-side exhaust (NPE) airflow.
› Refer to the "Power supply specifications (per PSU)" in the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page
217 for maximum output power, input voltage, input line frequency, and other specifications for your power supply
model.
› Refer to the "Power supply requirements" section in the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217
for the minimum number of power supplies required for operation and redundancy when different input voltages are
applied, such as low line and high line AC.
› Refer to "Power Consumption" sections in the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for power
output data and minimum number of power supplies for supported input voltages.
› Redundant primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply assembly has its own connector, so
the number of primary power connections is four for optimum efficiency and redundancy.
– Two World Wide Name (WWN) cards located on the nonport side of the device behind the WWN card bezel.
– Blades use small form-factor pluggable (SFP+ and QSFP+) optical transceivers.
› The 10-Gbps speed must be manually set and requires special 10-Gbps FC SFP+ transceivers.
› The 32-Gbps SFP+ transceivers support speeds of 8, 16, and 32 Gbps.
› The 16-Gbps SFP+ transceivers support speeds of 4, 8, and 16 Gbps.
› The 4x32-Gbps QSFP+ transceivers on the core routing blades provide four 32–Gbps inter-chassis links (ICL)
clustered in a single quad connector and cable.
› The 4x16-Gbps QSFP+ transceivers on the core routing blades provide four 16–Gbps inter-chassis links (ICL)
clustered in a single quad connector and cable).
• Chassis door. This door must be installed to meet EMI compliance certification.
• A cable management comb. These install on the chassis below the blades for cable management.

NOTE
Device control processors and management modules contain batteries for RTC/NVRAM backup. Do not attempt to replace
these batteries. Dispose of hardware components containing these batteries as required by local ordinances and regulations.

Port-side view of device

The following illustration shows the port-side view of the Brocade X6-8 Director with installed blades identified. Note that SX6 extension
blades are not shown in the following illustration, but would install in the same slots as the FC32-48 port blade. A maximum of four SX6
blades are supported.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

16 53-1004105-07
 Port-side view of device

FIGURE 1 Port side of the Brocade X6-8 Director (sample configuration)

1. Air vent 4. Cable management comb

2. Core routing blades (CR32-8) 5. Control processor blades (CPX6) – slot 1 (upper), slot 2 (lower)

3. Port blades (FC32-48)

NOTE
Depending on the fans and power supplies installed, airflow can be from the port side to the nonport side of chassis or from
the nonport side to the port side of the chassis.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 17
Port-side slot numbering

Port-side slot numbering

The Brocade X6-8 Director contains 10 full-height slots and two half-height slots, for a total of 12 slots. Facing the port side of the
device, the half-height slots are on the left, numbered 1 (top slot) and 2 (bottom slot). The remaining full-height slots are numbered 3
through 12, counting from left to right of chassis.
Slots contain guide pins and connectors designed for specific blade types. Only install the control processor (CP), core routing (CR), port,
and extension blades into slot numbers as follows:
• Slots 1– 2 are restricted to CP blades. Note that the blade installed in slot 1 will be designated as CP0, while the blade in slot 2
will be designated as CP1 in CLI command and message output.
• Slots 3–6 and slots 9–12 are restricted to port and extension blades.
• Slots 7– 8 are restricted to CR32-8 blades.

Nonport-side view of the device

The following illustration shows the nonport-side view of the Brocade X6-8 Director with all fan and power supply assemblies installed.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

18 53-1004105-07
 Nonport-side view of the device

FIGURE 2 Nonport side of the Brocade X6-8 Director (sample configuration)

1. WWN bezel (logo plate - WWN cards behind) 3. Fan assembly

2. Power supply assembly 4. 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug for building ground connection

Depending on fans and power supplies installed, airflow can be from the port side to the nonport side of the chassis or the nonport side
to the port side of chassis.

Although not illustrated, the chassis label containing the serial number, SKU, and WWN is located on the lower portion of the chassis,
below the fan assemblies.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 19
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
20 53-1004105-07
Preparing for the Installation
• Safety precautions.............................................................................................................................................................................................21
• Facility requirements.........................................................................................................................................................................................23
• Time and items required for installation................................................................................................................................................... 24
• Quick installation checklists...........................................................................................................................................................................25
• Items shipped......................................................................................................................................................................................................26

Safety precautions
When using this product, observe all danger, caution, and attention notices in this manual. The safety notices are accompanied by
symbols that represent the severity of the safety condition

Refer to the Cautions and Danger Notices at the end of this guide for translations of safety notices for this product.

General precautions
DANGER
The procedures in this manual are for qualified service personnel.

DANGER
Before beginning the installation, see the precautions in “Power precautions.”

CAUTION
Changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

CAUTION
Disassembling any part of the power supply and fan assembly voids the warranty and regulatory certifications. There are no
user-serviceable parts inside the power supply and fan assembly.

CAUTION
Make sure the airflow around the front, and back of the device is not
restricted.

CAUTION
To protect the serial port from damage, keep the cover on the port when not in use.

CAUTION
Never leave tools inside the chassis.

CAUTION
Use the screws specified in the procedure. Using longer screws can damage the
device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 21
Safety precautions

ESD precautions
DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

Power precautions
DANGER
If the installation requires a different power cord than the one supplied with the device, make sure you use a power cord
displaying the mark of the safety agency that defines the regulations for power cords in your country. The mark is your
assurance that the power cord can be used safely with the device.

DANGER
Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, then use the power cord supplied with the device to
connect it to the power source.

CAUTION
Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

DANGER
High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

CAUTION
All devices with AC power sources are intended for installation in restricted access areas only. A restricted access area is a
location where access can be gained only by trained service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or
other means of security.

CAUTION
The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and 400 VDC.

CAUTION
The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and 400 VDC .

CAUTION
For removal of the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the 2 Torx screws.

Lifting precautions
DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

DANGER
A fully populated chassis weighs approximately 145.83 kg (321.5 lbs) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

22 53-1004105-07
 Facility requirements

Laser precautions
DANGER
All fiber-optic interfaces use Class 1 lasers.

DANGER
Laser Radiation. Do Not View Directly with Optical Instruments. Class 1M Laser Products.

DANGER
Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. and comply with the FDA Class
1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical
products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

Facility requirements
Before installing the device, be sure the following facilities requirements are met.

TABLE 3 Facility requirements

Type Requirements

Device specifications Ensure that the facility can accommodate system, power, and environmental specifications for this device as
outlined in the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217.
Electrical Ensure that there are dedicated electrical branch circuits with the following characteristics are available:
• Four branch circuits are highly recommended to power supplies for high availability and maximum
blade usage.
• Four cables for VAC high line or VAC low line operation.
• Two cables for DC operation.
• Protected by a circuit breaker in accordance with local electrical codes.
• Supply circuit, line fusing, and wire size adequate to the electrical rating on the chassis nameplate.
• Location close to the chassis and easily accessible.
• Grounded outlets installed by a licensed electrician and compatible with the power cords.

Ensure that all equipment in rack is grounded through a reliable branch circuit connection.

Make sure that power distribution units (PDUs) can handle maximum input amperage of power supplies. Use
cables with adequate amperage rating from PDUs to power source.
Thermal Ensure that the air intake and exhaust vents have a minimum of 5.1 cm (2 in.) of airspace.

Ensure that the air intake temperature is less than 40°C (104°F) during operation.
Rack (when rack-mounted) Ensure that these airflow requirements are met:
• Plan to install the device with the air-intake side facing the cool air aisle. The device can be installed
facing either direction if serviceability and cooling requirements are met.
• Ensure that the airflow available at the air vents meets the minimum requirements for the device.
• Install the device with the airflow aligned with other devices in the rack. Some devices have airflow
running from port side to nonport side and others have the opposite arrangement. Make sure that the
airflow for all devices moves in the same direction to maximize cooling.

Ensure that the following amount of space is available in the rack:

• 14 rack units (14U) high. 1U is equal to 4.45 cm (1.75 inches).
• 61.29 cm (24.09 inch) deep.
• 43.74 cm (17.22 inch) wide.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 23
Time and items required for installation

TABLE 3 Facility requirements (continued)

Type Requirements

Ensure that the rack meets these additional requirements:

• Additional weight of chassis will not exceed the rack’s weight limits.
• The rack is secured to ensure stability in case of unexpected movement.

Time and items required for installation

You can set up and install the device in the following ways:
• As a standalone unit on a flat surface.
• In a 19-inch Electronic Industries Association (EIA) rack or in a telecommunications (Telco) rack using a Brocade rack mount kit.
Refer to Mounting options on page 29 for applicable rack mount kits.

The following table describes the main installation and setup tasks, the estimated time required for each, and the items required to
complete the task for a device that is fully populated with port blades. Configurations with fewer blades or ports require less time. These
time estimates assume a prepared installation site and appropriate power and network connectivity.

TABLE 4 Installation tasks, time, and items required

Installation task Time estimate Items required

Site preparation and unpacking the device. 30 minutes 1/2-in. socket wrench (optional).

#1 and #2 Phillips screwdrivers.

Pallet jack.

Hydraulic lift or assisted lift, able to raise to a minimum of

140 cm (55 in.), with a minimum capacity of 115 kg (254
lb).

To find the weight of your device fully populated with the

required port blades, refer to Brocade X6 Directors
Technical Specifications on page 217.
Installing rack mount kit . 30 minutes Refer the procedures for your rack mount kit located in this
guide.
Mounting and securing the device in rack. 30 minutes
Installing power cables and powering on the device. 20 minutes Power cables. These are ordered and shipped separately
based on country where device is installed.
Establishing serial connection, logging in to the device, and 20 minutes Serial cable (provided in the accessory kit).
configuring IP addresses.
Workstation computer with a serial port or terminal server
port and a terminal emulator application (such as
HyperTerminal).

Ethernet IP addresses for the device and for both control

processor blades; total of three addresses.
Installing an Ethernet cable, opening a Telnet session, and 20 minutes Ethernet cabling (optional) for Telnet access.
configuring the device domain ID, date and time, and
Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.
additional system parameters. Verify and back up
configuration.
Installing transceivers as needed. 20-30 minutes or longer if SFP+ and QSFP28 optical transceivers as needed.
you are using high-density
port blades.
Attaching fiber-optic cables, cable ties, and cable guides. 2-3 hours Fiber-optic cables, cable ties, and cable management
comb.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

24 53-1004105-07
 Quick installation checklists

Quick installation checklists

These checklists provides a high-level overview of the basic installation process from the planning stage to the point where the device
comes online and is ready to be deployed. Completing all the tasks in the suggested order ensures successful installation. Brocade
recommends that you print these checklists and take them to the installation site.

Pre-installation tasks
Review all installation requirements ahead of time as part of your site preparation. Careful planning and site preparation ensures seamless
installation, especially when installing multiple devices.

TABLE 5 Installation prerequisites

Task Task details or additional information Completed

Unpack the device. Take an inventory of the hardware components included in your shipment. Refer to Items
shipped on page 26.
Gather necessary components and Review the time and items required information at the beginning of the following sections
required tools. in this guide to ensure you have gathered all necessary components required:
• Mounting the Device
• Initial Setup and Verification
• Port and Extension Blades (if required to install)
• Power Supplies (if required to install)
Review the safety precautions. Refer to Safety precautions on page 21.
Plan the installation. Obtain the appropriate rack mount kit. Refer to Mounting options on page 29.
Review and verify installation requirements. Verify that the following requirements are met. Refer to Facility requirements on page 23.
• Electrical
• Environmental
• Rack
• Thermal
Gather network configuration parameters. • IP address
• Subnet mask
• Default gateway
• Domain ID
• Time zone

Installation and initial configuration

The initial setup includes mounting the device on a flat surface or in a rack and completing the configuration tasks necessary to bring the
device online and verify the operation.

TABLE 6 Installation and basic system configuration

Task Task details or additional information Completed

Install blades or power supply assemblies Install any blades or power supply assemblies that have shipped separately from the
chassis. Be sure to use a #1 Phillips screwdriver for captive screws to lock these FRUs
into place.
Mount the device Choose one of the following mounting options:
• Mount the device in a four-post rack. Refer to the instructions in this guide for
mounting your device in a four-post rack.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 25
Items shipped

TABLE 6 Installation and basic system configuration (continued)

Task Task details or additional information Completed

• Mount the device in a two-post rack. Refer to the instructions in this guide for
mounting your device in a two-post rack.
Check the airflow of the power supply and The airflow direction of the power supply and fan should match. The power supplies and
fan assembly fan trays are clearly labeled with either a green arrow with an "E", or an orange arrow with
an "I." For more details, refer to Fan and power supply airflow on page 176.
Gather all components required for the Refer to Items required on page 48.
initial setup
Provide power to the device Refer to Connecting power cord to AC power supplies on page 49.
Attach a management station, establish a Refer to Establishing a serial connection to the device on page 55. After completing this
serial connection, and change the default task, log in to the serial port to configure the device.
passwords (optional)
Set the IP address, subnet mask, and the Use the ipaddrset command to configure a static device IP address, subnet mask, and
default gateway IP address gateway IP address, or you can use a DHCP server to obtain the information dynamically.
Refer to Configuring the IP addresses on page 56.
Set the date and time • Use the date command to display and set the date and time.
• Use the tstimezone command to display and set the time zone.
• Use the tsclockserver command to synchronize the time with an external NTP
server.
Refer to Setting the date and time on page 59 for more information.
Customize the switch name and chassis • Use the switchname command to change the default switch name.
name • Use the chassisname command to change the default chassis name.
Refer to Customizing the chassis and switch name on page 62 for more information.
Establish an Ethernet connection By establishing an Ethernet connection, you can complete the device configuration using
a serial session, Telnet, or management application, such as Brocade Network Advisor.
Refer to Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device on page 58.
Optional: Configure the DNS service Use the dnsconfig command to create DNS server entries. Refer to the Brocade Fabric
OS Administration Guide.
Optional: Customize the domain ID Use the configure command to change the domain ID (default ID is 1). Refer to Setting
the domain ID on page 59 for more information.
Verify that the device operates correctly • Check the LEDs to verify operation of functional parts. Refer to the Monitoring
the Device section of this guide.
• The following commands can be useful to establish an operational baseline for
the device. Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for more
information on these commands.
– psshow
– fanshow
– tempshow
– historyshow
– errdump
Back up the configuration Use the interactive configupload command to back up the configuration. Refer to
Backing up the configuration on page 64 for more information.
Optional: Power off the devices Enter the shutdown command and wait for the device to power down, and then unplug
the power cords. Refer to Powering down the chassis on page 65 for more information.

Items shipped
When unpacking the device, follow procedures under "Unpacking and transporting the device". Verify that you have the following items.
Save shipping cartons and packaging in the event you need to return the device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

26 53-1004105-07
 Items shipped

Packaged in device shipping carton:

• Brocade X6 Director with shipping tray
• Packing foam
• Antistatic plastic
• Inner foam

Packaged in device shipping carton or separate carton.

• Door (for EMI compliance)
• Power cords as ordered for installed power supplies
• Serial cable
• ESD wrist strap
• SFP extraction tool
• Power cord retainer clips
• Cable management comb assembly
• 4 GB USB drive
• China-RoHS Hazardous/Toxic Substance statement
• Network Advisor web pointer card
• Brocade documentation web pointer card
• Rack mount kit for your device
• Ground lug kit

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 27
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
28 53-1004105-07
Mounting the Device
• Mounting options...............................................................................................................................................................................................29
• Mounting precautions...................................................................................................................................................................................... 29
• Unpacking and transporting the device....................................................................................................................................................30
• Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152) ............................ 31
• Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121).................................................39
• Removing logo bezel protective cover......................................................................................................................................................45

Mounting options
You can mount the device in the following locations:
• As a standalone unit on a flat surface, such as a table top.
• In a four-post 19 in. (48.3 cm) EIA rack:
– Use the 14U rack mount kit for four-post racks (XBR-DCX-0120), which contains shelf brackets that telescope from 27 in.
(68.58 cm) to 31 in. (78.74 cm) to fit the majority of racks.
– Use the 14U rack mount kit for four-post racks (XBR-DCX-0152), which contains 22 in. (55.88 cm) fixed shelf brackets
designed for specific racks.
– Refer to Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152) on page 31 for
instructions.
• In a two-post Telco rack:
– Use the 14U mid-mount rack kit for two-post racks (XBR-DCX-0121).
– Refer to Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121) on page 39 for
instructions .

NOTE
Review the Mounting precautions on page 29 before mounting the device and ensure that all Facility requirements on page
23 are met.

NOTE
The preceding rack mount kits are supported for these devices on the publication date of this guide. For current support
information, contact your Brocade representative.

Mounting precautions
The following precautions specifically apply to mounting the device.

CAUTION
Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall
and be damaged.

CAUTION
Make sure the airflow around the front, and back of the device is not
restricted.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 29
Unpacking and transporting the device

DANGER
Mount the devices you install in a rack as low as possible. Place the heaviest device at the bottom and progressively place
lighter devices above.

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the chassis and components, never attempt to lift the chassis using the fan or power supply handles.
These handles were not designed to support the weight of the chassis.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

NOTE
You can connect the device to building ground by connecting an appropriate 2 AWG wire from a grounded connection to the
2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug on the nonport-side of the device.

Unpacking and transporting the device

Use the following procedure to unpack and install your device.

DANGER
A fully populated chassis weighs approximately 145.83 kg (321.5 lbs) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

1. Unpack the device.

a) Cut the bands that encircle the packaging.
b) Open the top of the shipping box and remove accessory kit, rack mount kits, and foam from the top of the device.
c) Lift the cardboard shipping container and inner cardboard sleeve off the device.
d) Remove the antistatic plastic off the device.
e) Leave the device on top the foam shipping tray and wood pallet if the device must be transported to the installation
location.
f) Verify the contents of the shipping carton by referring to Items shipped on page 26.
g) Save foam packing material and wooden pallet for reuse.
2. Use a pallet jack or other assisted lift to transport the device to the installation area. Doorways must be wider than 36 in. (91
cm) to accommodate the device.
3. Remove the chassis door if installed.
4. Remove the cable management comb if attached to the device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

30 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

5. Use a lift to raise the device to the correct level. Use two people, one to operate the lift and the other to secure the device on the
lift.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

NOTE
Orient the device on the lift so that you can slide it into correct side of rack to provide cool air intake. Fans and power
supply FRUs in this device have a green "E" or "I" symbol on the FRU faceplate. An "E" indicates that the FRU pulls air
from the port side of the device and exhausts out the nonport side. An "I" indicates that the FRU pulls air from the
nonport side of the device and exhausts out the nonport side. Fans and power supplies must have the same airflow
indicator. Be sure that you are pulling cool air into the air intake side of the device. For more details, refer to Fan and
power supply airflow on page 176.

6. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

7. Install the applicable rack mount kit in your equipment rack and mount the device using the rack mount kit's installation
instructions.

NOTE
When installing the device into the rack, use one person on each side of the device to gently slide it onto the final
installation surface and ensure that it remains supported during the transfer.

8. Reinstall the cable management comb if you removed it.

9. Reinstall the chassis door. The door must be installed to meet EMI compliance.

Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post

Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)
Use the following instructions to install a modular device in a 19-in. (48.3 cm) EIA rack using the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post
Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152).

Two rack-mount kits are available.

• XBR-DCX-0120 - Contains shelf brackets that telescope from 27 in. (68.58 cm) to 31 in. (78.74 cm) to fit the majority of
racks.
• XBR-DCX-0152 - Contains 22 in. (55.88 cm) fixed shelf brackets that adjust to 27 in. (68.58 cm).

Observe the following when mounting this device:

• Use Electronic Industries Association (EIA) standard racks. Ensure that the space in the 19-in. (48.3 cm) EIA rack is 14U high.
• Verify that the additional weight of the chassis does not exceed the weight limits of the rack.
• Before mounting your device, review any specific installation and facility requirements in this Hardware Installation Guide.
• Hardware devices illustrated in these procedures are only for reference and may not depict the device you are installing into the
rack.

Time and items required

Allow approximately one hour to unpack and install a device in a rack.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 31
Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

The following tools are required when installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Rack:
• Torque screwdriver with #2 Phillips screwdriver tip
• Slotted (flat blade) screwdriver
• Hydraulic or assisted lift with a minimum raise of 140 cm (55 in.) and a minimum capacity of 113 kg (250 lb)

Parts list
The following table lists 14U Rack Mount Kit parts and quantities for different installations. Refer to the illustration following the table to
identify these parts.

TABLE 7 14U rack mount kit parts and quantities

Description Installation Quantity

Left rack mount shelf bracket (rail brackets may differ from ones shown in illustration) All 1
Right rack mount shelf bracket (rail brackets may differ from ones shown in illustration) All 1
10-32 x 5/8 in. (1.58 cm) panhead Phillips screw and washer (torque to 32 in-lb, [37 cm- All 6
kg])
10-32 clip nut For rack rails with round holes 6
1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with lock washer (torque to 80 in-lb [92 For rack rails with round holes 16
cm-kg])
10-32 retainer nut For rack rails with square holes 6
1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with thread locker (torque to 80 in-lb [92 For rack rails with square holes 16
cm-kg])
3/8 in. (0.953 cm) alignment washer For rack rails with square holes 16

NOTE
Depending on the device and installation, not all the parts may be used on the device type.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

32 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

FIGURE 3 14U rack kit parts

1. Left rack mount shelf bracket 6. 10-32 retainer nut for cabinets that have rails with square holes

2. Right rack mount shelf bracket 7. 1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with thread locker for
cabinets that have rails with square holes
3. 10-32 x 5/8 in. (1.58 cm) panhead Phillips screw and washer
8. 3/8 in. (0.953 cm) alignment washer for cabinets that have rails with
4. 10-32 clip nut for cabinets that have rails with round holes
square holes
5. 1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with lock washer for
cabinets that have rails with round holes

Parts list – NEBS kit

The following table lists the parts supplied in the XBR-SLX9850-8-NEBS-KIT to help direct airflow away from the rack area. This kit is
only supported for specific devices, and may not apply to the device that you are installing.

NOTE
Depending on the device and installation, not all of the parts may be used.

Verify that the items listed in the following figure are included in the NEBS kit.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 33
Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

FIGURE 4 NEBS kit parts list

1. Left cable comb assembly (1) 5. Velcro strap (8)

2. Right cable comb assembly (1) 6. Screw, 10-32 x .63-in., square cone washer (10)

3. Air filter (1) 7. Screw, 8-32 x .312 in., flathead (20)

4. Chassis door (1) 8. Nut retainer (6)

Assembling the rack hardware

Attach the left and right rack mount shelf brackets to the rack rails.

NOTE
If cables are to be routed down through the cable management comb, allow space below the brackets for cable management

1. Locate the shelf brackets in the device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

34 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

2. Locate and loosen the screws on the adjustable ends of the brackets (see the following figure) to allow for adjustment to rack
depth.

FIGURE 5 Left and right shelf brackets installed on rails

1. Left rack mount shelf bracket 5. 1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with
2. Right rack mount shelf bracket thread locker for rails with square holes (4 on each end of each
bracket, 16 total)
3. 1/4-20 x 1/2 in. (1.27 cm) panhead Phillips screw with lock
washer for rails with round holes (4 on each end of each 6. Adjustable ends of shelf brackets
bracket, 16 total) 7. Intake air direction
4. 3/8 in. (0.953 cm) alignment washer for rails with square 8. Exhaust air direction
holes (4 on each end of each bracket, 16 total)

CAUTION
Use the screws specified in the procedure. Using longer screws can damage the
device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 35
Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

3. Position the shelf brackets with the adjustable ends on the intake air aisle side of the rack (see the previous figure).
• For rails with round holes:
– Position the left and right rack mount shelf brackets and attach them to the rack rails. Use eight screws with lock
washers per bracket (four on each end). Tighten the screws to a torque of 80 in-lb (92 cm-kg).
• For rails with square holes:
– Position the left and right rack mount shelf brackets and attach them to the rack rails. Use eight screws and alignment
washers per bracket (four on each end). Tighten the screws to a torque of 80 in-lb (92 cm-kg).

FIGURE 6 Nut and screw locations for mounting the device

1. 10-32 clip nuts (for round holes) 6. Bottom screws in shelf bracket
2. Rail 7. Left rack mount shelf bracket
3. 10-32 retainer nut (for square holes) 8. Right rack mount shelf bracket
4. Rail 9. Hole 1
5. Top screws in shelf bracket

NOTE
Standard EIA rails have holes in sets of three; spaces between the holes are 5/8 in., 5/8 in., and 1/2 in. (1.58 cm,
1.58 cm, and 1.27 cm).

4. Tighten the adjusting screws on the sliding portion of the rack mount shelf brackets to a torque of 32 in-lb (37 cm-kg).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

36 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

5. Attach the clip nuts (for rails with round holes) or retainer nuts (for rails with square holes) to the vertical rails on the exhaust aisle
side of the rack (see the previous figure). These clip nuts are used for securing the port side of the device to the rack rails using
10-32 x 5/8 inch screws. Use three clips on each rail. Place the clips in optimum locations for securing the device to the rails.

NOTE
Do not align the clip or retainer nuts with the top or bottom holes of the mounting bracket because the screw heads
will interfere with the door.

Installing the device in the rack

Use the following procedure to install the device in the rack.

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

1. Ensure that the door, if installed, is removed from the port side of the device. For instructions, refer to instructions for removing
and replacing the device door in the device installation guide.
2. Use a lift to raise the device to the level of the shelf brackets.
3. Move the lift as close as possible to the rack, with the air-intake side of the device facing the front of the rack (see the following
figure).
4. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 37
Installing the 14U Rack Mount Kit for Four-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0120 and XBR-DCX-0152)

5. Gently slide the device onto the shelf brackets, ensuring that it remains supported during the transfer.

FIGURE 7 Positioning the device for installation in a rack

1. Rack 2. Nonport side of device

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

38 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

6. Fasten the port side of the device to the rack rails. Use three 10-32 x 5/8 inch (1.58 cm) screws per rail. Tighten the screws to
a torque of 32 in-lb (37 cm-kg). Refer to Figure 8.

NOTE
Do not use the top or bottom holes of the mounting bracket because the screw heads will interfere with the door.

FIGURE 8 Attaching port side of device to rack rails

1. 10-32 x 5/8 in. (1.58 cm) panhead Phillips screw with washer

7. Reinstall the device door if removed from your device. For instructions, refer to the door removal and replacement procedures in
your device installation guide.

Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for

Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)
Use the following instructions to install a Brocade modular device in a telecommunications (Telco) rack, using the 14U Chassis Mid-
Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 39
Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

Observe the following when mounting this device:

• The kit is compatible with rack rails that are either 3 inches or 5 inches wide (adapters are provided for 3-in. rails).
• Before mounting your device, review any specific installation and facility requirements in this Hardware Installation Guide.
• Hardware devices illustrated in these procedures are only for reference and may not depict the device you are installing into the
rack.

Time and Items required

Allow approximately one hour to unpack and install a chassis in a rack.

The following tools are required when installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks.
• Torque wrench with #2 Phillips screwdriver tip
• Flathead screwdriver
• Hydraulic or assisted lift with a minimum raise of 140 cm (55 in.) and a minimum capacity of 113 kg (250 lbs).

Parts list
The following parts are provided with the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

40 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

FIGURE 9 Rack kit parts

1. Tray, front, mid-mount, chassis 4. Adapter, rear, mid-mount, left

2. Tray, rear, mid-mount, chassis 5. Screw, 10-32 x 3/8”, pan head Phillips, ST, zinc (requires a torque of 32
inch-pounds)
3. Adapter, rear, mid-mount, right

NOTE
Not all parts may be used with certain installations depending on the device type.

Assembling the rack hardware

Perform the following steps to assemble the rack hardware.

1. Attach the rear tray (with or without adapter, as required) to both rack rails. Orient the tray (refer the following figure) and use nine
screws (Item E) for each rail.
2. Attach the front tray to both rack rails. Orient the tray (Figure 11) and use nine screws (Item E) for each rail.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 41
Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

3. Verify that the rear edge of the front tray is seated into the front edge of the rear tray.

FIGURE 10 Attaching the rear tray to the rack rails

2. Tray, rear, mid-mount, chassis

3. Adapter, rear, mid-mount, right
4. Adapter, rear, mid-mount, left
5. Screws

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

42 53-1004105-07
 Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

FIGURE 11 Attaching the front tray to the rack rails

1. Tray, front, mid-mount, chassis

5. Screws

Installing the device in the rack

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

NOTE
A fully populated device requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install into a rack.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 43
Installing the 14U Chassis Mid-Mount Rack Kit for Two-Post Racks (XBR-DCX-0121)

Perform the following steps to load the device into the mid-mount trays.

1. Ensure that the door is removed from the port side of the device. For instructions, refer to the door removal and replacement
procedures in your device installation guide.
2. Orient the device (refer the following figure) and use a hydraulic lift to raise it to the level of the trays.
3. If applicable, lock the wheels of the lift.
4. Slide the device into the trays until the front edge of the device is seated against the front tray.

FIGURE 12 Placing the device in the trays

1. Tray, front, mid-mount, chassis 2. Tray, rear, mid-mount, chassis

5. Use three screws (Item 5) to attach each side of the rear tray to the device (refer the following figure).

NOTE
The screw holes in the device walls have pem nuts on the inside surface.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

44 53-1004105-07
 Removing logo bezel protective cover

6. Use four screws (Item 5) to attach each side of the front tray to the device
7. Use six screws (Item 5) to attach the lip on each side of the front tray to the lip on the front of the device.

NOTE
Do not use the top or bottom holes of the Brocade mounting bracket because the door will interfere with the screw
heads.

FIGURE 13 Attaching trays to the device

8. Reinstall the device door. For instructions, refer to the door removal and installation instructions in your device installation guide.

Removing logo bezel protective cover

The chassis ships with a protective cover installed over the logo bezel and air vents at the top of the port side of the chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 45
Removing logo bezel protective cover

CAUTION
Remove the logo bezel protective cover on the port side of chassis before applying power. This cover is attached over the
air vents. If not removed, the chassis can overheat and will eventually shut down.

Remove this cover by removing the Phillips screws securing it to the mounting bracket on each side of the chassis.

FIGURE 14 Removing bezel protective cover from Brocade X6-8

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

46 53-1004105-07
Initial Setup and Verification
• Configuration and verification task guide.................................................................................................................................................47
• Items required..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48
• Providing power to the device...................................................................................................................................................................... 48
• Establishing a serial connection to the device....................................................................................................................................... 55
• Configuring the IP addresses....................................................................................................................................................................... 56
• Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device..............................................................................................................................58
• Setting the domain ID...................................................................................................................................................................................... 59
• Setting the date and time............................................................................................................................................................................... 59
• Customizing the chassis and switch name............................................................................................................................................. 62
• Verifying installed licenses and license key.............................................................................................................................................63
• Verifying correct operation.............................................................................................................................................................................63
• Backing up the configuration........................................................................................................................................................................64
• Powering down the chassis........................................................................................................................................................................... 65

Configuration and verification task guide

Before connecting device to the fabric, use the following tasks to initially configure and setup the device, verify correct operation, and
back up the configuration.

The configuration information is mirrored to the standby CP blade, which allows the current configuration to remain available even if the
active CP blade fails. The configuration information for the device is stored in the WWN cards and the flash memory of the CP blades.
The configuration can be backed up to a workstation (uploaded) and then downloaded to the active CP blade if necessary.

NOTE
The device WWN is set by the factory to match the license ID (which is based on the chassis serial number).

TABLE 8 Configuration and verification tasks

Task Task details or additional information

Establish a serial connection to the director. Connect a serial cable to the console port on active CP blade and use a terminal
emulator program (such as HyperTerminal on a PC, or TERM, TIP, or Kermit in a
UNIX environment) to log in to the console port and device. The blue "Active" LED
illuminates on the active CP blade.
Configure IP addresses for the device. Configure an IP address and subnet mask for a chassis management connection.

Configure IP addresses, host names, subnet masks, and gateway addresses for both
control processor (CP) blades.
Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device. Connect Ethernet cable to active CP blade Ethernet port labeled "Management" and
establish a connection.
Set a unique domain ID for the device. Disable the device using the switchDisable command, and then use the configure
command to step through prompts to configure a domain ID. Use switchEnable to
re-enable the device.
Set the date and time for the device. Use the date, tsTimeZone, and tsClockServer commands to set date, time zone, and
synchronize local time of device with NTP server.
Customize a switch and chassis name for the device. Use the switchName command, followed by new name in quote marks (switchname
"bigswitch".)

Use the chassisName command followed by the new name in quote marks
(chassisname "chassis_002").

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 47
Items required

TABLE 8 Configuration and verification tasks (continued)

Task Task details or additional information
Verify installed licenses and license key Enter the licenseShow command to determine display enabled licenses and the
license key.

Enter the licenseIdShow command to obtain the chassis ID.

Record the license key and chassis ID for future reference.

Verify correct operation of director. Check LEDs on blades and FRUs, and use the following commands to verify
operation:
• psShow
• fanShow
• switchShow
• fabricShow
• slotShow
• tempShow
• historyShow
• errdump
Back up the configuration. Use the configUpload command.

Items required
The following items are required for initial setup and verification of the device:
• The device, mounted and installed with the required blades, FRUs, transceivers, and cables and is connected to a power source.
• A workstation computer with an installed terminal emulator application, such as HyperTerminal for Windows.
• An unused IP address with corresponding subnet mask and gateway address.
• A serial cable (provided) with an RJ-45 connector.
• An RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter.
• Three Ethernet cables (including one spare).
• Access to an FTP server or USB device for backing up (uploading) or downloading the device configuration or collecting
supportsave output data (optional).
• A Brocade USB drive for collecting supportsave output data (optional)

Providing power to the device

Perform the steps to provide power that are applicable to your power supply model. Observe the following for all power connections:
• Before connecting power, refer the following.
– Electrical caution and danger statements in Safety precautions on page 21 and Facility requirements on page 23
– Power supply specifications section in the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for power supply
requirements of your device.
• Connect each power supply to a different power source or circuit to provide full redundancy.
• Route the power cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a
minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) and are routed to avoid stress.
• Remember that power is supplied to the device as soon as the first power supply is connected to a power source.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

48 53-1004105-07
 Providing power to the device

Connecting power cord to AC power supplies

Complete the following steps to connect the power cord from the facility AC power source to the device 's AC power supply. Before
connecting to power, be sure to observe all "Power Precautions" in Safety precautions on page 21. In addition, refer to the power supply
specifications and requirements in Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217.

1. Remove the logo bezel protective cover if it is still installed over the top air vents on the port side of the chassis. Refer to
Removing logo bezel protective cover on page 45 for instructions.

CAUTION
Remove the logo bezel protective cover on the port side of chassis before applying power. This cover is attached
over the air vents. If not removed, the chassis can overheat and will eventually shut down.

2. Install all power supplies provided for your device if not already installed. Refer to Installing a power supply on page 181 for
procedures.
3. When installing device in a rack, route power cables from power distribution units (PDUs) so they do not cover air vents in
chassis.
4. Connect the provided AC power cords to a power source with voltage of 200–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz or optionally to a power
source with voltage of 100–120 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

DANGER
High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

NOTE
Use of the high-voltage line (200–240 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power-conversion efficiency.
With 120 VAC primary input, the power distribution unit (PDU) supplies roughly half the available wattage, which can
limit blade and port configurations. For a "fully-loaded" chassis with maximum supported blades and optics, four
power supplies connected to 200–240 VAC lines are required for full N+N redundancy. For details on power supplies
required for operation and high availability, refer to "Power supply requirements" and "Power consumption" tables in
the Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217.

5. Route the cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a
minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) available and are routed to avoid stress.
6. Plug the power cords into power supplies. The power supply LED will light green when power is applied. Note that after one
power supply is plugged into AC power, LEDs on the remaining installed power supplies will flash green until they also have
power applied.

The director performs a power-on self-test (POST) each time it is powered on. POST takes approximately 10 minutes, during
which time status LEDs on installed blades and other FRUs may display amber. Power LEDs on all FRUs display green when
power-on self-test (POST) is complete and all FRUs are functional. You can bypass POST by using the fastBoot command.
You can also disable POST for successive reboots using the diagDisablePost command.

NOTE
Do not connect the device to the network until the IP addresses are
configured.

7. After POST is complete, verify that the power LEDs on blades and other FRUs are green.

For information about LED patterns, refer to Monitoring the Device.

8. Ground the chassis by attaching a ground wire from building ground to an appropriate crimp connector and attaching the
connector to the 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug located under the fan assemblies near the bottom of the chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 49
Providing power to the device

Connecting power cord to HVAC/HVDC power supplies

Use steps in this section to apply power to the dual-function high-voltage AC and DC (HVAC/HVDC) power supply. This power supply
converts high-voltage DC or AC input to appropriate DC power for the device.

Make sure that you observe the electrical caution and danger statements in Safety precautions on page 21 when connecting this power
supply.

NOTE
The equipment installation must meet NEC/CEC code requirements. Consult local authorities for regulations.

NOTE
Power is supplied to the device as soon as the first power supply is connected to a power
source.

CAUTION
The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and 400 VDC.

CAUTION
The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and 400 VDC .

1. If connecting to AC power, attach an AC power plug to the unterminated wires on the HVAC/HVDC power cord that meets your
facility and local code requirements. If connecting to DC power, verify how you will attach these unterminated wires to your site's
DC power terminal blocks. For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, refer to
Using HVAC/HVDC power cords on page 54.
2. Ground the chassis by attaching a ground wire from building ground to an appropriate crimp connector and attaching the
connector to the 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug located under the fan assemblies near the bottom of the chassis.
3. Remove the logo bezel protective cover if it is still installed over the top air vents on the port side of the chassis. Refer to
Removing logo bezel protective cover on page 45 for instructions.

CAUTION
Remove the logo bezel protective cover on the port side of chassis before applying power. This cover is attached
over the air vents. If not removed, the chassis can overheat and will eventually shut down.

4. Install all power supplies provided for your device if not already installed. Refer to Installing a power supply on page 181 for
procedures.
5. When installing the device in a rack, route power cables from power distribution units (PDUs) so they do not cover air vents in
chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

50 53-1004105-07
 Providing power to the device

6. Before connecting the power cord to a power supply, first remove the cable restraint cover, if it is installed under the power cord
connector. Remove the cover by unscrewing the two torx head screws.
Save the retainer cover and screws for reinstallation after plugging in the power cord.

CAUTION
When removing the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the 2 Torx head
screws only.

1. Torx head screws 2. Metal cable restraint cover

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 51
Providing power to the device

7. Connect power cords to installed power supplies.

The connector on the power cord is keyed so that it only fits one way into the power supply connector. Note that the connector's
latch should be positioned under the connector and will latch when the power cord connector is fully inserted into the power
supply.

1. Power cable 2. Connector latch

8. Attach the cable restraint cover under the power cord connector using its two torx head screws (refer to step 4).

NOTE
This retainer cover protects the power cord from being accidentally unlatched and disconnected from the power
supply.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

52 53-1004105-07
 Providing power to the device

9. If connecting to an AC power source, use the following steps. (If connecting to a DC power source, go on to step 8.)
a) Make sure that you observe the electrical caution and danger statements in Safety precautions on page 21 when
connecting this power supply.
b) Make sure that AC power plug is attached to the power-source end of the HVAC/HVDC power cord that meets your facility
and local code requirements.
For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, refer to Using HVAC/HVDC
power cords on page 54.

DANGER
Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, then use the power cord supplied with the
device to connect it to the power source.

c) If connecting to an AC power source, connect to a power source with voltage of 200–277 VAC, 50/60 Hz
(recommended).

NOTE
Use of a high-voltage line (200–277 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power-conversion
efficiency. For a "fully-loaded" chassis with maximum supported blades and optics, four power supplies
connected to 200–277 VAC lines are required for full N+N redundancy. For details on power supplies required
for operation and high availability, refer to "Power supply requirements" and "Power consumption" tables in the
Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217.

DANGER
High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

CAUTION
Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

10. If connecting to an DC power source, use the following steps. (If connecting to a AC power source, go to step 7.)
a) Make sure that you observe applicable electrical caution and danger statements in Safety precautions on page 21 when
connecting this power supply.
b) Terminate the negative (-) and positive (+) unterminated wires on the HVAC/HVDC power cord to the DC power source.
Connect the ground wire to building ground.
For more information on the HVAC/HVDC power cord available for these power supplies, refer to Using HVAC/HVDC
power cords on page 54.

NOTE
Make sure that there is an adequate circuit breaker in the DC input circuit to the system based on input wiring to
the product and input voltage.

11. Route the cords so they will be out of the way when connected to the power source. Ensure that the power cords have a
minimum service loop of 15.2 cm (6 in.) available and are routed to avoid stress.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 53
Providing power to the device

12. After power is applied, the power supply LED will light green.

The director performs a power-on self-test (POST) each time it is powered on. POST takes approximately 10 minutes, during
which time status LEDs on installed blades and other FRUs may display amber. Power LEDs on all FRUs display green when
power-on self-test (POST) is complete and all FRUs are functional. You can bypass POST by using the fastBoot command.
You can also disable POST for successive reboots on the device using the diagDisablePost command.

NOTE
Do not connect the device to the network until the IP addresses are
configured.

13. After POST is complete, verify that the power LEDs on blades and other FRUs are green.

For information about LED patterns, refer to Monitoring the Device.

14. Ground the chassis by attaching a ground wire from facilities ground to an appropriate crimp connector and attaching the
connector to the 2AWG Panduit LCD2-14AF lug located under the fan assemblies near the bottom of the chassis.

Using HVAC/HVDC power cords

HVAC/HVDC power supply power cords, available from Brocade, are shipped with an Anderson Saf-D-Grid® 400 connector on the
power supply end and three unterminated 14 AWG UL 600V 90C wires with ring lugs on the power source end. Power cord length is 6
m (19 ft. 8 in.). For connecting to a power source, attach either an AC power plug to these wires that meets your facility and local code
requirements, or connect these wires to appropriate DC power terminal blocks.

The following table defines the function of the 14 AWG wires in the power cable:

TABLE 9 HVAC/HVDC power cable

Wire label Color Function

L+ Brown Return positive (+)

– Blue Negative (-)
PE Green with yellow stripe Earth ground (PE)

The Anderson Saf-D-Grid® connector on the power supply end of the cord is keyed so that it only fits one way into the power supply.
Note that the connector's latch should be positioned under the connector and will latch when the power cord connector is fully inserted
into the power supply.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

54 53-1004105-07
 Establishing a serial connection to the device

1. Power cable 2. Connector latch

Establishing a serial connection to the device

To establish a serial connection to the console port on the device, complete the following steps.

1. Verify that the device is powered on and that POST is complete by verifying that all power LED indicators on the power
supplies, fans, and blades display a steady green light.
2. Remove the shipping cap from the console (I0I0) port on the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue
LED on the CP blade front panel.

NOTE
The console, or serial port is intended primarily for the initial setting of the IP address and for service purposes.

3. Use the serial cable provided with the device to connect the console (serial) port on the active CP to a computer workstation.

NOTE
The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED, labeled "Active," on the CP blade front panel.

If the serial port on the workstation is RJ-45 instead of RS-232, remove the adapter on the end of the serial cable and insert
the exposed RJ-45 connector into the RJ-45 serial port on the workstation.
4. Access the device using a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal in a Windows environment or tip in a UNIX
environment).
5. Disable any serial communication programs running on the workstation (such as synchronization programs).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 55
Configuring the IP addresses

6. Open a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal on a PC, or TERM, TIP, or Kermit in a UNIX environment), and
configure the application as follows:
• In a Windows environment:

Parameter Value

Bits per second 9600

Data bits 8
Parity None
Stop bits 1
Flow control None

NOTE
Flow control is not supported on the serial consoles when attached to remote terminal servers and must be
disabled on the customer-side remote terminal server and the host-side clients.

• In a UNIX environment, enter the following string at the prompt:

tip /dev/ttyb -9600

If ttyb is already in use, use ttya -9600 instead.

When the terminal emulator application stops reporting information, press Enter. The following login prompt displays:

CP0 Console Login:

NOTE
CP0 in the preceding prompt is an example. "CP1" will display if it is the active CP.

7. Log in to the console using admin as the default login name and password as the default password.
As login to the device occurs, you are prompted to change the device passwords.

Please change passwords for switch default accounts now.

Use Control-C to exit or press 'Enter' key to proceed.

8. Press Enter to step through a procedure to change the passwords as shown in the following example. To skip modifying the
password, press Ctrl+C.

-----------------------------------------------------
for user - admin
Changing password for admin
Enter old password:
Enter new password:
Re-type new password:
passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully

Passwords can be 8 to 40 characters long. They must begin with an alphabetic character. They can include numeric characters,
periods (.), and underscores (_) only. Passwords are case-sensitive, and they are not displayed when you enter them on the
command line. For more information on passwords, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.

Configuring the IP addresses

The device requires three IP addresses, which are configured using the ipaddrset command. IP addresses are required for both CP
blades (CP0 and CP1) and for chassis management (shown as SWITCH under the ipaddrshow command) in the device.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

56 53-1004105-07
 Configuring the IP addresses

The default IP addresses and host names for the device are:
• 10.77.77.75 / CP0 (the CP blade in slot 1 at the time of configuration)
• 10.77.77.74 / CP1 (the CP blade in slot 2 at the time of configuration)

Use one of the following formats for IPv4 or IPv6 addressing when entering the IP address using the ipaddrset command:
• If you using an IPv4 IP address, enter the IP address in dotted decimal notation as prompted.

Ethernet IP Address: [192.168.74.102]

• If using an IPv6 address, enter the network information in colon-separated notation as prompted.

device:admin> ipaddrset -ipv6 --add 1080::8:800:200C:417A/64

NOTE
Resetting an IP address while the device has active IP traffic or has management and monitoring tools running, such as DCFM,
Fabric Watch, and SNMP, can cause traffic to be interrupted or stopped.

Complete the following steps to set the IP addresses for the device.

1. Log into the device through a serial console connection to the active CP blade.
The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel. If you are already logged through a console port,
you can determine whether you are logged into the active or standby CP by entering hashow at the prompt. The following
example shows local login at CP1, which is the active blade.

swDir:admin> hashow
Local CP (Slot 2, CP1) : Active, Warm Recovered
Remote CP (Slot 1, CP0) : Standby, Healthy
HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized

2. Configure the chassis management IP address by entering the ipaddrset -chassis command:

swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -chassis

Enter required information at the prompts. Specify the -chassis IP address. The -sw 0 IP address is not valid on this device.

NOTE
The addresses 10.0.0.0 through 10.0.0.255 are reserved and used internally by the device. External IPs must not
use these addresses.

Following is example configuration for setting the chassis IP address.

swDir:admin> ipaddrset -chassis

DHCP [Off]:
Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.1.1
Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.240.0
IP address is being changed...

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 57
Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device

3. Set up the CP0 IP address by entering the ipaddrset -cp 0 command:

swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -cp 0

Enter required information at the prompts. Following is example configuration for setting the CP0 IP address.

swDir:admin> ipaddrset -cp 0

DHCP [Off]:
Host Name [cp0]:
Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.1.2
Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.260.0
Gateway IP Address [10.0.0.0]:10.38.160.1
IP address is being changed...
Done.

4. Set up the CP1 IP address by entering the ipaddrset -cp 1 command:

swDir:admin> ipAddrSet -cp 1

Enter required information at the prompts. Following is example configuration for setting the CP1 IP address.

Following is sample configuration for setting the CP1 IP address:

swDir:admin> ipaddrset -cp 1

DHCP [Off]:
Host Name [cp0]:
Ethernet IP Address [10.0.0.0]:192.168.3
Ethernet Subnetmask [255.0.0.0]:255.255.230.0
Gateway IP Address [10.0.0.0]:10.38.160.1
IP address is being changed...
Done.

Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device

After using a serial connection to configure the IP addresses for the device, you can connect the active CP blade to the local area network
(LAN).

NOTE
Connecting the CP blades to a private network or VLAN is recommended.

After establishing an Ethernet connection, you can complete the device configuration using a serial console connection, Telnet
connection, or management applications, such as Web Tools or Brocade Network Advisor.

Perform the following steps to establish an Ethernet connection to the device.

1. Remove the shipping plug from the Ethernet port on the active CP blade.
The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front panel.
2. Insert one end of an Ethernet cable into the Management (MGMT) Ethernet port.
3. Connect the other end to an Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT LAN.

4. Complete any additional device configuration procedures for the device using one of the following steps:
• Log into the device using a serial console connection and admin login.
• Log into the device through a Telnet session using the chassis management IP address and admin login.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

58 53-1004105-07
 Setting the date and time

Setting the domain ID

Each device in the fabric must have a unique domain ID. The default domain ID is 1. If the device is not powered on until after it is
connected to the fabric and the default domain ID is already in use, the domain ID for the new device is automatically reset to a unique
value. If the device is connected to the fabric after it has been powered on and the default domain ID is already in use, the fabric
segments.
You can use the fabricshow command on another device in the fabric to view domain IDs already assigned. Manually configure a unique
domain ID using the configure command as in the following steps:

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
3. Perform the following steps to modify the Domain ID.
a) Disable the device by entering the switchdisable command.
b) Enter the configure command. The command prompts display sequentially. Enter a new value or press Enter to accept
each default value.
c) Enter y after the "Fabric param" prompt.

Fabric param (yes, y, no, n): [no] y

d) Enter a unique domain ID (such as the domain ID used by the previous device, if still available).

Domain: (1..239) [1] 3

e) Complete the remaining prompts or press Ctrl+D to accept the remaining settings without completing all the prompts.
f) Re-enable the device by entering the switchenable command.

Setting the date and time

The date and time settings are used for logging events, error detection, and troubleshooting, and hence you should set them correctly.
However, device operation does not depend on the date and time; a device with incorrect date or time values still functions properly.

You can synchronize the local time of the principal or primary fabric configuration server (FCS) device to that of an external Network Time
Protocol (NTP) server.

Perform the following steps to set the date and time.

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 59
Setting the date and time

3. Enter the date command, using the following syntax:

date "mmddHHMMyy"

The values are:

• mm is the month; valid values are 01 through 12.
• dd is the date; valid values are 01 through 31.
• HH is the hour; valid values are 00 through 23.
• MM is minutes; valid values are 00 through 59.
• yy is the year; valid values are 00 through 99 (values greater than 69 are interpreted as 1970 through 1999, and values
less than 70 are interpreted as 2000 through 2069).

switch:admin> date
Fri Sep 28 17:01:48 UTC 2016
switch:admin> date "0927123016"
Thu Sep 27 12:30:00 UTC 2016
switch:admin>

Setting the time zone

The default time zone is Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The time zone needs to be set only once because the value is stored in
nonvolatile memory. Use the following procedure to set the time zone. The time zone change will take affect after the next system reboot.
1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:
• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

60 53-1004105-07
 Setting the date and time

3. Use one of the following steps for the tsTimeZone command.

• Enter tsTimeZone --interactive command, enter the appropriate number as shown in the following example, then follow
prompts.

sw0:admin> tstimezone --interactive

Please identify a location so that time zone rules can be set correctly.
Please select a continent or ocean.
1) Africa
2) Americas
3) Antarctica
4) Arctic Ocean
5) Asia
6) Atlantic Ocean
7) Australia
8) Europe
9) Indian Ocean
10) Pacific Ocean
11) none - I want to specify the time zone using the POSIX TZ format.
Enter number or control-D to quit ?

• Enter tsTimeZone [houroffset [, minuteoffset]] command as follows:

– For Pacific Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -8,0.
– For Central Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -6,0.
– For Eastern Standard Time, enter tsTimeZone -5,0.

TABLE 10 Example: tsTimeZone command parameter selection for the US time zones
Local time tsTimeZone parameter (difference from UTC)

Atlantic Standard -4,0

Atlantic Daylight -3,0
Eastern Standard -5,0
Eastern Daylight -4,0
Central Standard -6,0
Central Daylight -5,0
Mountain Standard -7,0
Mountain Daylight -6,0
Pacific Standard -8,0
Pacific Daylight -7,0
Alaskan Standard -9,0
Alaskan Daylight -8,0
Hawaiian Standard -10,0

• Enter the tsTimeZone command followed by the time zone, such as US/Pacific, US/Central, or US/Eastern as in the
following example.

switch_99:Admin> tstimezone US/Pacific

System Time Zone change will take effect at next reboot

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 61
Customizing the chassis and switch name

Synchronizing local time with an external source

Perform the following steps to synchronize the local time of the principal or primary FCS device with that of an external NTP server.

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
3. Enter the tsClockServer ipaddr command.

The ipaddr variable represents the IP address of the NTP server that the device can access. This argument is optional; by
default, the value is "LOCL".

switch:admin> tsclockserver 192.168.126.60

Updating Clock Server configuration...done.
Updated with the NTP servers

Customizing the chassis and switch name

Refer to the considerations and rules for creating switch, fabric, and chassis names listed in the Fabric OS Administration Guide.

NOTE
Changing the name causes a domain address format RSCN to be issued.

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
3. Enter chassisName followed by the new name.

switch:admin> chassisname Chassis_01

A message displays explaining that the chassis name change is applied and the new name will display at next login. You can
enter chassisName to verify the new name after login.
4. To change the switch name, enter switchName followed by the new name.

swDir:admin> switchName Switch_01

Committing configuration...
Done.
Switch name has been changed.Please re-login into the switch for the
change to be applied.

A message displays that the name change is applied and the new name will display at next login. You can enter switchName to
verify the new name after login.
5. Record the new names for future references.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

62 53-1004105-07
 Verifying correct operation

Verifying installed licenses and license key

Depending on the vendor agreement, certain licenses are factory installed on the device. Use the following steps to list installed licenses
and to record your license key and chassis ID for future reference.

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
3. Enter the licenseShow command to determine which licenses are enabled.
This will list installed licenses and display a license key, such as aNYtMJg7tcMZrTZ9JTXBC4SXWLJMY3QfBKYHG.
4. Enter the licenseIdShow command on the active CP blade to obtain the chassis ID.
The chassis ID is required to obtain and activate licenses for the device.
5. Record the license key and chassis ID for future reference.

Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Software Licensing Guide for more information.

Verifying correct operation

Perform the following steps to verify correct operation of the device.

1. Check the LEDs of all power supplies, fans, and blades to verify that all are functional.
2. Log into the device using one of the following methods:
• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
3. Log into the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
4. Verify the correct operation of the device by entering the following commands. Copy the output to a file to save the information.

Command Description

slotshow -m Displays blades (with model numbers) detected in each slot

slotshow -p Displays power consumption data and enabled status for installed blades.
psShow Displays power supply status and information
fanShow Displays fans status and information
switchShow Displays switch status and information
fabricShow Displays information about the device operation in the fabric and general information about the fabric
slotShow Displays the current status of each slot in the device
tempShow Displays temperature status and information
historyShow Displays the device history
errDump Displays any errors

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 63
Backing up the configuration

Backing up the configuration

Brocade recommends backing up the configuration on a regular basis to ensure that a complete configuration is available for
downloading to a replacement switch.

Observe the following notes about configuration data:

• Passwords are not saved in the configuration file, and are not uploaded during a configuration upload.
• It is recommended that the configuration be backed up on a regular basis to ensure that a complete configuration is available for
downloading to a replacement chassis.
• Besides saving configuration files to an FTP server or local file system, you can save to a Brocade USB device by using the
usbstorage command.

1. Log into the device using one of the following methods:

• A serial console connection to the active CP blade. The active CP is indicated by an illuminated blue LED on the blade front
panel.
• A Telnet session using the chassis management IP address.
2. Log into the device using admin as your password. If you have not changed the default password, usepassword.
3. Back up the device configuration using the configUpload command.
Follow the prompts to upload the configuration to an external host using the file transfer protocol (FTP), secure copy protocol
(SCP), or secure FTP (SFTP), or save the configuration to the local file system on device or attached USB device.

sb_70:admin> configupload
Protocol (scp, ftp, local) [ftp]:
Server Name or IP Address [host]: 192.168.0.100
User Name [user]: anonymous
Path/Filename [<home dir>/config.txt]: /dumps/supportsave/pz/switch85/G20-1.txt
Section (all|chassis|switch [all]): all
configUpload complete: All selected config parameters are uploaded

4. Back up the virtual fabric configuration using the configUpload -vf command.
For more information on using the configUpload and configUpload -vf command, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command
Reference.
5. Enter the following commands for additional configuration information that you can save to files:
• configShow
• ipaddrShow
• licenseShow
• switchShow

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

64 53-1004105-07
 Powering down the chassis

Powering down the chassis

Perform the following steps to power down the chassis.

1. Shut down the chassis using the sysShutdown command.

switch::admin> sysshutdown
This command will shutdown the operating systems on your switch.
You are required to power-cycle the switch in order to restore operation.
Are you sure you want to shutdown the switch [y/n]?y
HA is disabled
Stopping blade 1
Shutting down the blade....
Stopping blade 2
Shutting down the blade....
Stopping blade 8
Shutting down the blade....
Broadcast message from root (pts/1) Tue Aug 23 14:23:06 2010...
The system is going down for system halt NOW !!

NOTE
If you do not use the sysshutdown command and you sequence power off on power distribution units (PDU) with a
few seconds between power-offs, be aware that a low-power condition will be detected and logged along with
possible blade power-offs before shutdown. This is an expected error condition due to delays in powering down PDUs
without halting the control processors first using sysShutdown.

2. Power off the chassis by disconnecting all power cords or switching off rack power source.

Note that power supply LEDs will continue to flash green briefly after disconnecting power until power supply is completely off.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 65
Powering down the chassis

3. To disconnect power cables from HVAC/HVDC power supplies only, use the following steps.
a) Remove the cable restraint cover, if installed under the power cord connector, by unscrewing the two torx head screws.

1. Torx head screws 2. Metal cable restraint cover

CAUTION
When removing the metal cable restraint cover under the high voltage power supply inlet, remove the two Torx
head screws only.

b) Disconnect the power cable from the power supply.

Note that the latch for the power cable connector is positioned under the connector. Press on the latch using a small
screwdriver or other tool to unlatch from the power supply.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

66 53-1004105-07
 Powering down the chassis

1. Power cable 2. Connector latch

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 67
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
68 53-1004105-07
Installing Transceivers and Cables
• Supported transceivers and cables............................................................................................................................................................ 69
• Time and items required................................................................................................................................................................................. 74
• Precautions specific to transceivers and cables....................................................................................................................................74
• Cleaning the fiber-optic connectors...........................................................................................................................................................75
• Cable management.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 75
• Installing an SFP+ transceiver...................................................................................................................................................................... 76
• Replacing an SFP+ transceiver.................................................................................................................................................................... 78
• Installing a QSFP transceiver........................................................................................................................................................................80
• Replacing a QSFP transceiver..................................................................................................................................................................... 81
• Verifying the operation of new transceivers............................................................................................................................................83

Supported transceivers and cables

The following table is a general reference to the types of transceivers supported on device blades.

TABLE 11 Supported transceivers and cables

Blade Transceiver Type Auto-negotiate/Fixed Speeds supported (Gbps)

FC32-48 port blade 32 Gbps SFP28, SWL, LWL Auto negotiate 8, 16, 32
16 Gbps SFP+, SWL, LWL, ELWL Auto negotiate 4, 8, 16
10 Gbps SFP+, SWL, LWL Fixed 10
SX6 extension blade 32 Gbps SFP28, SWL, LWL Auto negotiate 8, 16, 32
16 Gbps SFP+, SWL, LWL, ELWL Auto negotiate 4, 8, 16
10 Gbps, SFP+, SWL, LWL Fixed 10
10 GbE SFP+, SR, LR, USR Fixed 10
10GBase-ZRD tunable SFP+ Fixed 10
1 GbE SFP, Copper Fixed 1
1 GbE SX SFP, LX SFP, and CWDM SFP+ Fixed 1
40 GbE QSFP, SR4,LR4, ER4 Fixed 40
CR32-8 core routing blade 4x32 Gbps QSFP28, SWL Fixed (each 32 Gbps channel) 32
4x32 Gbps QSFP, CWDM4 (2 km) Fixed (each 16 Gbps channel) 32
4x16 Gbps QSFP, SWL, LWL (2 km) Fixed (each 16 Gbps channel) 16

The following notes apply to QSFP transceivers on core routing blades.

• You cannot connect an ICL between a 4x32 Gbps QSFP on a Brocade X6 Director core blade and a 16-Gbps QSFP on a
DCX 8510 Director core routing blade. You must use a 4x16 Gbps QSFP on the Brocade X6 blade.
• The 4x32 Gbps QSFP transceiver has four links that operate at 32 Gbps to achieve a 128 Gbps link speed. The 4x16 Gbps
QSFP+ transceiver has four links that operate at 16 Gbps to achieve a 64 Gbps link speed. The cables come in specific
predetermined fixed lengths that are qualified by Brocade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 69
Supported transceivers and cables

DANGER
Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. and comply with the FDA Class
1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical
products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

For Class 1M transceiver specifications, refer to Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217.

For current information on qualified transceivers supported by this device, go towww.brocade.com. Select "Products and Services" from
the menu, and then select "transceiver modules" under the Transceivers heading to access the Brocade Fibre Channel Transceiver
Platform Support Matrix and Brocade Transceiver Module Resources. These resources include transceiver data sheets.

Port and extension blade transceivers

FC SFP+ transceivers installed in port blades and extension blade ports provide connections to devices on FC fabrics. The FC ports on
SX6 Extension blades support Fibre Channel Routing Services (FCRS) The following figure illustrates a FC SFP+ transceiver. A separate
fiber optic cable plugs into the transceiver.

FIGURE 15 FC SFP+ transceiver

1. Pull tab 2. Transceiver

GbE SFP+ and QSFP ports on extension blades allow connection of blades to IP WANs and allow Fibre Channel and IP I/O traffic to
pass through the IP WAN through extension tunnels. The following illustrates a typical SFP+ transceiver that uses a bail latching
mechanism to release the transceiver from the blade port cage. A separate fiber optic cable plugs into the transceiver.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

70 53-1004105-07
 Supported transceivers and cables

FIGURE 16 Optical transceiver with bail open

1. SFP+ bail

The following illustrates a 40 GbE QSFP transceiver that uses a bail latching mechanism to release the transceiver from the blade port
cage. A separate fiber optic cable connects to the transceiver. Some QSFP transceivers have an integrated pull tab that releases the
transceiver from the port.

FIGURE 17 QSFP cable and transceiver with bail open

1. Fiber-optic cable 3. Transceiver

2. Bail

Core routing blades

QSFPs installed in core routing blades are used for connecting inter-switch links (ICLs) between Brocade X6 Directors or between
Brocade X6 and DCX 8510 Directors. Interconnecting these devices increases the number of useable ports for device connections.

Following are types of QSFPs installed in core routing blades:

• Separate MTP cable and transceiver. The transceiver is inserted into the blade port and the cable plugs into a QSFP on the
other end of the ICL.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 71
Supported transceivers and cables

FIGURE 18 QSFP transceiver with separate cable

1. Pull tab 3. QSFP transceiver

2. QSFP cable

NOTE
If the fiber optic cables are not connected to the transceivers, make sure the rubber sealing gaskets are plugged into
the transceivers.

• Brocade 2 km LWL 16 Gbps QSFP transceiver with integrated MTP cable. The transceiver is inserted into the blade port
connector and integrated cable plugs into a QSFP on the other end of the ICL, a patch panel, or a patch cable.

FIGURE 19 2 km QSFP 16 Gbps with integrated cable

1. MTP 1x12 fiber male connector 3. Transceiver with pull-tab

2. Integrated 3 meter MTP cable

Follow these guidelines for using QSFPs when connecting ICLs. Refer to Installing a QSFP transceiver on page 80 to install cables
and QSFP transceivers.
• The QSFP ports on the core switch blades can be used only with an inter-chassis link (ICL) license. After the addition or removal
of a license, the license enforcement is performed on the ports only when the portdisable and portenable commands are
issued on the ports. An ICL license must be installed on all Brocade X6 Directors forming the ICL connection. Up to nine
neighboring Directors can be connected with the MTP cables.
• The 32 Gbps QSFP28 transceivers on Brocade X6 Director core routing blades only operate at 32 Gbps and cannot be
configured at 16 Gbps for Fabric OS v8.0.1. Therefore, you cannot connect an ICL between a 32 Gbps transceiver on a
Brocade X6 Director core blade and a 16 Gbps QSFP transceiver on a DCX 8510 Director core routing blade. You must
connect between 16 Gbps transceivers on each blade.
• An off-the-shelf MTP cable up to 100 meters can be used as an ICL cable when using the standard SWL optics. The Brocade
2 km 16 Gbps QSFP with LWL optics has an integrated 3 meter single-mode pigtail with a male MTP connector for

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

72 53-1004105-07
 Supported transceivers and cables

connectivity to a patch panel or female terminated MTP patch cable to achieve up to 2 km distances. Refer to Brocade 2 km
LWL QSFPs on page 73 for more information.
• Brocade supports fully populating a switch with ICL connections using a mixture of 50 and 100 m SWL optics and 16 Gbps 2
km LWL optics.
• Any number of ICL ports can be used for 2 km distances when using 2 km LWL 16 Gbps QSFPs and configuring 20 buffer
credits per virtual channel. There are no limitations on the number of ICL ports if all ICL distances are a few hundred meters.

On the core routing blade faceplates, QSFP ports belonging to the same trunking groups are indicated with the same color border under
the ports. These colors are also applied to the port map labels on each blade faceplate to indicate ports belonging to the same trunking
groups.

For details on the following subjects, refer to the "Inter-Chassis Links' section of the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide:
• ICL topologies
• ICL trunking
• Configuring ICLs between Brocade X6 Directors
• Configuring ICLs between Brocade X6 and DCX 8510 Directors

Brocade 2 km LWL QSFPs

All 16 ICL ports can be used for 2km distances when we configure 20 buffer credits are configured per virtual channel.
The Brocade 2 km LWL QSFP, is a hot-swappable, low-voltage (3.3 V) digital diagnostic optical transceiver that supports high-speed
serial links over parallel single-mode optical fibers at signaling rates up to 4×14.025 Gbps. The QSFP is integrated with a 3 m ribbon
fiber cable with a male MTP 1x12 connector. The QSFP supports 2 km link length on parallel single-mode fiber.

FIGURE 20 2 km LWL QSFP transceiver with integrated cable

1. MTP 1x12 fiber male connector 3. Transceiver with pull-tab

2. Integrated 3-meter MTP cable

Following are cabling options and recommendations:

• Connect the 3-meter integrated single mode transceiver cable directly to a female-terminated connector in a patch panel or
patch cable using a key-up/key-down MPO/MTP coupler.
• Use female-to-female patch cable with the following specifications:
– Single-mode (not OM3 MMF or OMM MMF)
– MTP/MPO 1x12 fiber
– MTP female angled polished connector (APC)
– Key-up/key-up connectors for polarity

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 73
Time and items required

FIGURE 21 Female-to-female patch cable for QFSP connections

Time and items required

The installation or replacement procedure for one transceiver takes less than 5 minutes. Ensure that the following items are available:
• Required number of compatible power cables
• Required number of supported Brocade-branded transceivers
• Required number of compatible fiber-optic cables
• Optical transceiver extraction tool (for 10 Gbps transceiver only)

NOTE
Most Brocade devices come with a transceiver extraction tool and holster. The extraction tool is designed to remove
transceivers from modules where the space is limited.

FIGURE 22 Optical transceiver extraction tool

Precautions specific to transceivers and cables

DANGER
All fiber-optic interfaces use Class 1 lasers.

DANGER
Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. and comply with the FDA Class
1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical
products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

74 53-1004105-07
 Cable management

CAUTION
Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall
and be damaged.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

Cleaning the fiber-optic connectors

To avoid problems with the connection between the fiber-optic transceiver (SFP+ or QSFP) and the fiber cable connectors, Brocade
strongly recommends cleaning both connectors each time you disconnect and reconnect them. Dust can accumulate on the connectors
and cause problems such as reducing the optic launch power.

To clean the fiber cable connectors, Brocade recommends using a fiber-optic reel-type cleaner. When not using an SFP+, or QSFP
connector, make sure to keep the protective covering in place.

Cable management
The minimum radius that a 50 micron cable can be bent under full tensile load is 5.1 cm (2 in.). For a cable under no tensile load, that
minimum is 3.0 cm (1.2 in.). Cables can be organized and managed in a variety of ways, for example, using cable channels on the sides
of the rack or patch panels to minimize cable management. Following is a list of additional recommendations:
• Plan for rack space required for cable management before installing the switch.
• Leave at least 1 m (3.28 ft) of slack for each port cable. This provides room to remove and replace the switch, allows for
inadvertent movement of the rack, and helps prevent the cables from being bent to less than the minimum bend radius.
• If you are using Brocade ICL Trunking, consider grouping cables by trunking groups. The cables used in trunking groups must
meet specific requirements, as described in the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.
• For easier maintenance, label the fiber-optic cables and record the devices to which they are connected.
• Keep LEDs visible by routing port cables and other cables away from the LEDs.
• Do not route the cables in front of air vents.
• Use Velcro ® type straps to secure and organize fiber-optic cables.
• Route the cables away from LEDs to keep them visible.
• The cable management comb attaches to the lower part of the chassis and allows for simple cable management. The comb can
be installed without service disruption.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

NOTE
Do not use tie wraps with optical cables because they are easily overtightened and can damage the optic
fibers.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 75
Installing an SFP+ transceiver

Installing an SFP+ transceiver

The device supports only Brocade-qualified transceivers. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the switchshow command output shows
the port in a Mod_Inv state. Fabric OS also logs the issue in the system error log. To insert an SFP+ transceiver, complete the following
steps:

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

76 53-1004105-07
 Installing an SFP+ transceiver

NOTE
Always use the pull tab to insert or remove 16 Gbps and 32 Gbps transceivers as they might be hot.

1. Perform one of the following steps, depending on your transceiver type.

• If transceiver has a pull tab (16- and 32-Gbps SFP+ transceivers), use the pull tab to help push the transceiver into the port
until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

FIGURE 23 Installing an SFP+ transceiver with pull tab into blade port

1. Pull tab 2. Transceiver

• If transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10 GbE transceivers), ensure that the bail (wire handle) is in the unlocked position,
grasp the transceiver, and push it into the port until firmly seated. Close the bail to latch the transceiver in the slot.

FIGURE 24 Installing an SFP+ transceiver with bail latch into blade port

1. Bail

Transceivers are keyed so that they can only be inserted with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily,
ensure that it is correctly oriented.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 77
Replacing an SFP+ transceiver

2. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the
cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE
Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is
correctly oriented. Do not insert any unsupported cable intended for an other type of transceiver into a regular SFP+
transceiver. You may damage the cable as well as the transceiver.

Replacing an SFP+ transceiver

Complete the following steps to remove and then install a new SFP+ transceiver.

NOTE
The 16- and 32-Gbps SFP+ transceivers do not have bails but pull tabs. Always use the pull tab to insert or remove the SFP+
transceivers, as the transceiver might be hot.

1. Remove any cables that are inserted into the transceiver.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

78 53-1004105-07
 Replacing an SFP+ transceiver

2. To remove the transceiver, perform one of the following steps, depending on your transceiver type.
• If transceiver has a pull tab (16- and 32-Gbps SFP+ transceivers), grasp the pull tab and pull the transceiver straight out
from the port.

NOTE
Grasp the pull tab near the body of the transceiver to reduce the chances of bending the pull tab. As the
transceiver may be hot, avoid touching it.

FIGURE 25 Replacing a SFP+ optical transceiver with pull tab into blade port

1. Pull tab 2. Transceiver

• If transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10 GbE transceivers), unlatch from the port by pulling the bail (wire handle) away
from its pivot point using your fingers or the hooked end of the transceiver extraction tool. Pull the transceiver out from the
port slightly using the bail, and then gasp the transceiver with your fingers and slide it straight out of the port.

FIGURE 26 Installing an SFP+ transceiver with bail latch into blade port

1. Bail

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 79
Installing a QSFP transceiver

3. To install the transceiver, perform one of the following steps depending on your transceiver type:
• If transceiver has a pull tab (16 and 32 Gbps SFP+ transceivers), use the pull tab to help push the transceiver into the port
until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.
• If transceiver has a bail latch mechanism (10 GbE transceivers), ensure that the bail (wire handle) is in the unlocked position,
grasp the transceiver, and push it into the port until firmly seated. Close the bail to latch the transceiver in the slot.
Transceivers are keyed so that they can only be inserted with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily,
ensure that it is correctly oriented.
4. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the
cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly
oriented.

Installing a QSFP transceiver

The device supports only Brocade-qualified transceivers. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the switchshow command output shows
the port in a Mod_Inv state. Fabric OS also logs the issue in the system error log. Also note the following:
• Each QSFP contains four individual 16 Gbps or 32 Gbps ports. Be aware that any problems with one port could affect all four
ports in the quad if the QSFP must be replaced.
• Although installation and removal procedures are the same for QSFP transceivers installed in port blades and extension blades,
these transceivers are not interchangeable between the two blade types.
• Some QSFPs, such as the 4x16 Gbps 2 km QSFP, have an integrated cable attached. You do not need to install a separate
cable.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

80 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a QSFP transceiver

To insert an QSFP transceiver and cable, complete the following steps.

1. Push the transceiver into the port using the pull tab. Transceivers are keyed so that they can only be inserted with the correct
orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly oriented. Push the correctly oriented transceiver into
the port until it is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE
Always use the transceiver pull tab to insert or remove the QSFP transceivers, as the transceiver might be hot.

FIGURE 27 Installing a QSFP transceiver into blade port

1. Pull tab 3. QSFP transceiver

2. QSFP cable

The port LED initially blinks amber after installation, then displays steady amber.
2. Position the cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert
the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE
If your transceiver has an integrated cable, you will not need to install a cable.

The port LED displays steady amber until both ends of the cable are inserted and the link is established. When the link is fully
established, the LED displays steady green.

NOTE
Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is
correctly oriented. Do not insert any unsupported cable intended for an other type of transceiver into a regular QSFP
transceiver. You may damage the cable as well as the transceiver.

3. Organize cables to avoid covering LEDs and air vents. Refer to Cable management on page 75.

Replacing a QSFP transceiver

The device supports only Brocade-qualified transceivers. If you use an unqualified transceiver, the switchshow command output shows
the port in a Mod_Inv state. Fabric OS also logs the issue in the system error log. Also note the following:
• Each QSFP contains four individual 16 Gbps or 32 Gbps ports. Be aware that any problems with one port could affect all four
ports in the quad if the QSFP must be replaced.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 81
Replacing a QSFP transceiver

• Although installation and removal procedures are the same for QSFP transceivers installed in port blades and extension blades,
these transceivers are not interchangeable between the two blade types.
• Some QSFPs, such as the 4x16 Gbps 2 km QSFP, have an integrated cable attached. You do not need to install a separate
cable.

Complete the following steps to remove and then install a new QSFP transceiver.

1. Remove any cables that are inserted into the transceiver.

NOTE
If your transceiver has an integrated cable, you cannot remove the cable.

2. Grasp the transceiver pull tab and gently pull the transceiver straight out from the port.

NOTE
Grasp the pull tab near the body of the transceiver to reduce the chances of bending the pull tab. As the transceiver
may be hot, always use the pull tab and avoid touching the transceiver body.

3. To insert the replacement transceiver, use the pull tab to carefully push the transceiver into the port. Transceivers are keyed so
that they can only be inserted with the correct orientation. If a transceiver does not slide in easily, ensure that it is correctly
oriented. Gently push the correctly oriented QSFP transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

FIGURE 28 Installing a QSFP optical transceiver into blade port

\
1. Pull tab 3. QSFP transceiver
2. QSFP cable

The port's status LED initially blinks amber after installation, then displays steady amber.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

82 53-1004105-07
 Verifying the operation of new transceivers

4. Position a cable so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the
cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.

NOTE
If your transceiver has an integrated cable attached, you will not install a cable.

The port's status LED displays steady amber until both ends of the cable are inserted and the link is established. When the link
is fully established, the LED displays steady green.

NOTE
Cables are keyed so that they can be inserted in only one way. If a cable does not slide in easily, ensure that it is
correctly oriented.

5. Organize cables to avoid covering LEDs and air vents. Refer to Cable management on page 75.

Verifying the operation of new transceivers

You can use the following commands to verify if the transceivers are working correctly:

• sfpShow
• switchShow
• switchshow-slot slot, where slot is slot number
• switchshow -qsfp
• errDump
• fabricShow

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 83
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
84 53-1004105-07
Monitoring the Device
• Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85
• Interpreting port blade LEDs.........................................................................................................................................................................85
• Interpreting extension blade LEDs............................................................................................................................................................. 87
• Interpreting control processor blade LEDs............................................................................................................................................. 90
• Interpreting core routing blade LEDs........................................................................................................................................................ 91
• Interpreting WWN card LEDs....................................................................................................................................................................... 93
• Interpreting power supply LEDs..................................................................................................................................................................94
• Interpreting fan assembly LEDs.................................................................................................................................................................. 96
• Interpreting POST and boot results........................................................................................................................................................... 98
• Using monitoring commands.......................................................................................................................................................................99
• Running diagnostic tests............................................................................................................................................................................. 118

Introduction
This device is engineered for high reliability, high availability, and enhanced serviceability (RAS) and requires no routine operational steps
or maintenance. This section provides information about determining the status of each component using LEDs and CLI commands.
Refer to the Brocade Web Tools Administration Guide and the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide for additional information.

Interpreting port blade LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns for the FC32-48 blade. The LED patterns will temporarily
change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 85
Interpreting port blade LEDs

FIGURE 29 FC32-48 port blade LEDs

1. Blade power LED 3. Status LED for right FC port

2. Blade status LED 4. Status LED for left FC port

The following table describes the port blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

TABLE 12 Port blade LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power Steady green Blade is operational. No action required.

No light (LED is off) Blade is not powered on. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated, with ejectors pushed in fully
to center of blade and captive screw
for each ejector fully tightened.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

86 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting extension blade LEDs

TABLE 12 Port blade LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
Status No light (LED is off) Blade is either healthy or does not Verify that the power LED is on.
have power.
Steady amber Blade is faulty. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated and check the status by
entering the slotShow command. If
LED remains amber, consult the
device supplier.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 Blade is not seated correctly or is Pull the blade out and reseat it. If
seconds, then off 2 seconds) faulty. LED continues to flash, replace the
blade.
Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 Environmental range exceeded. Check for out-of-bounds
second, then off 1/2 second) environmental condition and correct
it.
FC port Status No light (LED is off) Port has no incoming power, or Verify that the power LED is on,
there is no light or signal carrier check the transceiver and cable.
detected.
Polling is in progress. Allow 60 seconds for polling to
complete.
Connected device is configured in Verify the status of the connected
an offline state. device.
Steady green Port is online (connected to an No action required.
external device) but has no traffic.
Slow-flashing green (on 1 second, Port is online but segmented, Verify that the correct device is
then off 1 second) indicating a loopback plug or cable attached to the chassis.
or an incompatible switch.
Fast-flashing green (on 1/4 Port is in internal loopback No action required.
second, then off 1/4 second) (diagnostic).
Flickering green Port is online, with traffic flowing No action required.
through port.
Steady amber Port is receiving light or signal Reset the port from the workstation
carrier, but it is not online yet. using the portEnable or
portCfgPersistentEnable
command.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 Port is disabled due to diagnostic Reset the port from the workstation
seconds, then off 2 seconds) tests or portDisable or using the portEnable or
portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable
command. command.
Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 Transceiver or port is faulty. Change the transceiver or reset the
second, then off 1/2 second) switch from the workstation.
Alternating green/amber Port is beaconing. No action.

Interpreting extension blade LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns on the SX6 extension blade. The LED patterns may temporarily
change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 87
Interpreting extension blade LEDs

FIGURE 30 SX6 Extension blade LEDs

1. Blade power LED 5. Right 1 or 10 GbE port status LED

2. Blade status LED 6. Left 1 or 10 GbE port status LED

3. Right 40 GbE QSFP (port 0) status LED 7. Right FC port status LED

4. Left 40 GbE QSFP (port 1) status LED 8. Left FC port status LED

The following table describes the extension blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

TABLE 13 Extension blade LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power Steady green Blade is operational. No action required.

No light (LED is off) Blade is not powered on. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated, with ejectors pushed in fully

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

88 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting extension blade LEDs

TABLE 13 Extension blade LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
to center of blade and captive screw
for each ejector fully tightened.
Status No light (LED is off) Blade is either healthy or does not Verify that the power LED is on.
have power.
Steady amber Blade is faulty or initializing. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated and check the status by
entering the slotShow command. If
LED remains amber, consult the
device supplier.
Blinking amber and green. Attention. Blade is not seated Pull the blade out and reseat it. If
correctly or is faulty. LED continues to flash, replace the
blade.
Green Blade is operational. No action required.
GbE port status No light (LED is off) Port has no incoming power, or is Verify that the power LED is on,
offline. check the transceiver and cable.
Steady green Port is online but has no traffic. No action required.
Blinking green Port is online, with traffic flowing No action required.
through port.
Steady amber Transceiver or port has error or is Change the transceiver or reset the
faulty. switch from the workstation.
FC port status No light (LED off) Port has no incoming power, or Verify that the power LED is on,
there is no light or signal carrier check the transceiver and cable.
detected.
Polling is in progress. Allow 60 seconds for polling to
complete.
Connected device is configured in Verify the status of the connected
an offline state. device.
Steady green Port is online (connected to an No action required.
external device) but has no traffic.
Slow-flashing green (on 1 second, Port is online but segmented, Verify that the correct device is
then off 1 second) indicating a loopback plug or cable attached to the chassis.
or an incompatible switch.
Fast-flashing green (on 1/4 Port is in internal loopback No action required.
second, then off 1/4 second) (diagnostic).
Flickering green Port is online, with traffic flowing No action required.
through port.
Steady amber Port is receiving light or signal Reset the port from the workstation
carrier, but it is not online yet. using the portEnable or
portCfgPersistentEnable
command.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 Port is disabled due to diagnostic Reset the port from the workstation
seconds, then off 2 seconds) tests or portDisable or using the portEnable or
portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable
command. command.
Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 Transceiver or port has error or is Change the transceiver or reset the
second, then off 1/2 second) faulty. switch from the workstation.
Alternating green and amber Port is bypassed. Reset the port from the workstation
using the portEnable or
portCfgPersistentEnable
command.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 89
Interpreting control processor blade LEDs

Interpreting control processor blade LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns on the CPX6 blade. The LED patterns may temporarily change
during POST and other diagnostic tests.

FIGURE 31 Control processor blade (CPX6)

1. Blade power LED 5. 10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet port (MGMT) link status LED

2. Blade status LED 6. 10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet port (MGMT) link activity LED

3. Chassis beacon LED 7. 10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet port (SERVICE) link status LED

4. Active (blue) CP LED 8. 10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet port (SERVICE) link activity LED

NOTE
The 10 Gbps Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port, shown below the blade beacon LED, is reserved for future use.

The following table describes the CP blade LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns.

TABLE 14 CP blade LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power Steady green CP blade is on. No action required.

No light (LED is off) CP blade is not on. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated and has power.

Attention No light (LED is off) CP blade is either healthy or does Verify that the power LED is on.
not have power.
Steady amber If on for more than 5 seconds, the Ensure that the blade is firmly
CP blade is faulty. seated and the switch has

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

90 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting core routing blade LEDs

TABLE 14 CP blade LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
completed booting. If LED remains
amber, consult the device supplier.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 CP blade is not seated correctly or Pull the blade out and reseat it. If
seconds, then off 2 seconds) is faulty. the LED continues to flash, replace
the blade.
Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 Environmental range exceeded. Check for out-of-bounds
second, then off 1/2 second) environmental condition and correct
it.
Beacon Steady white LED illuminates white on both CP No action required.
blades when chassisbeacon 1 is
issued from management interface
to locate chassis in equipment
racks. To turn off beaconing, issue
the chassisbeacon 0.
Ethernet link status (10 Gb/s port) No light (LED is off) Either an Ethernet link is not Ensure that the blade has power,
detected, or the blade does not the Ethernet cable is firmly seated,
have incoming power. and the connected device is
functioning.
Blinking green Activity is present on link. No action required.
Ethernet link activity (10 Gb/s No light (LED is off) No activity on link. Ensure that the blade has power,
port) the Ethernet cable is firmly seated,
and the connected device is
functioning.
Blinking green Activity is present on link. No action required.
Active CP Steady blue Active CP blade. No action required.
No light (LED is off) CP blade is either booting, No action required.
negotiating to be active, or is the
standby CP blade.
Ethernet link status No light (LED is off) Ethernet link speed is 10 Mb/s or Ensure that the CP has power.
(10/100/1000 Mb/s port) link is not established.
NOTE: To force a persistent
Ethernet link speed, enter the
ifModeSet command.
LED is on Ethernet link speed is 100/1000 No action required.
Mb/s.

Ethernet link is healthy and traffic is

flowing through port.
Ethernet link activity No light (LED is off) No activity on link. Ensure that the blade has power,
(10/100/1000 Mb/s port) the Ethernet cable is firmly seated,
and the connected device is
functioning.
Blinking green Activity is present on link. No action required.

Interpreting core routing blade LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns on the CR32-8 blade. The LED patterns may temporarily
change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 91
Interpreting core routing blade LEDs

FIGURE 32 CR32-8 core routing blade LEDs

1. Blade power LED 3. QSFP status LED for right QSFP port

2. Blade status LED 4. QSFP status LED for left QSFP port

TABLE 15 Core routing blade LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power Steady green Blade is on. No action required.

No light (LED is off) Blade is not on. Ensure that the blade is firmly
seated and has power.

Status No light (LED is off) Blade is either healthy or does not Verify that the power LED is on.
have power.
Steady amber Blade is faulty or the switch is still Ensure that the blade is firmly
booting. seated and the switch has

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

92 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting WWN card LEDs

TABLE 15 Core routing blade LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
completed booting. If the LED
remains amber, consult the supplier
for your Brocade device.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 Blade is not seated correctly or is Pull the blade out and reseat it. If
seconds, then off 2 seconds) faulty. the LED continues to flash, replace
the blade.
Fast-flashing amber (on 1/2 Environmental range exceeded. Check for out-of-bounds
second, then off 1/2 second) environmental condition and correct
it.
QSFP port status LED No light (LED is off) No QSFP module, all four QSFP No action needed if the QSFP is
ports are disabled not installed or verify that the QSFP
is fully inserted.
Steady amber QSFP module is in, all four ports Ensure that the cable is properly
have no signal/no sync. connected. If the LED remains
amber, consult the supplier for your
Brocade device.
Blinking amber Port is disabled or faulted, FC link Check for console messages or
activity, segmented, loopback wait for all four ports to come
mode, also during transition online.
between cable plug in and all four
ports online.
Steady green QSFP module is in and all ports are No action needed.
online.

Interpreting WWN card LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns of installed WWN cards. LEDs for WWN card 1 and WWN card
2 are located on the WWN card (logo) bezel between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. The LED patterns may
temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests.

FIGURE 33 WWN card LEDs on bezel

1. Power LED for WWN card 1 3. Power LED for WWN card 2

2. Status LED for WWN card 1 4. Status LED for WWN card 2

TABLE 16 WWN card LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power No light (LED is off) Card is not receiving power. Ensure that device power supplies
are firmly seated, power cables are

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 93
Interpreting power supply LEDs

TABLE 16 WWN card LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
connected, and that cables are
connected to power source.
Steady green Card is receiving power. No action required.
Status No light (LED is off) Card is either healthy or does not No action required.
have power.
Steady amber Card is faulty Replace card.

Interpreting power supply LEDs

Refer to the following information to interpret the LED patterns on the power supply. The LED patterns may temporarily change during
POST and other diagnostic tests. The Brocade X6-8 Director can have up to four power supplies.

FIGURE 34 AC Power supply LED

1. Power status LED

FIGURE 35 HVAC/HVDC power supply LED

1. Power status LED

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

94 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting power supply LEDs

The following tables describe the power supply LED patterns and the recommended actions for those patterns. In the unlikely event of a
faulty power supply, the status LED will flash in a coded pattern to provide additional fault information. Record the sequence of flashes
and status as defined in the table to provide to your support representative along with supportsave output data.

TABLE 17 AC Power supply LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power status No light (LED is off) Power supply does not have Ensure that the power supply is
incoming power and is not firmly seated, power cable is
providing power to the device. connected, and that power cable is
connected to power source.
NOTE
When incoming power Disconnect power cable from
is first removed, LED power supply, remove and reinsert
flashes, and then turns power supply, and then reconnect
off. power cable to restart.

If status persists, replace power

supply assembly.
Steady green Power supply has incoming power No action required.
and is providing power to the
device.
Flashing on one-half second and AC power is disconnected from the Check power connection at power
then off one-half second. power supply assembly, but supply, cable, and AC power
additional power supply installed in source. If these check out,
device is powered on. disconnect power cable from power
supply, remove and reinsert power
supply, and then reconnect power
cable to restart. If status persists,
replace power supply assembly.
Flashing on two times, and then off 48V is out of range. Disconnect power cable from
5 seconds. power supply, remove and reinsert
power supply, and then reconnect
power cable to restart. If status
persists, replace power supply
assembly. If status persists, replace
power supply.
Flashing on three times, and then 12V is out of range. Disconnect power cable from
off 5 seconds. power supply, remove and reinsert
power supply, and then reconnect
power cable to restart. If status
persists, replace power supply
assembly.
Flashing on four times, and then off AC input is under voltage. Verify voltage in power distribution
5 seconds. unit (PDU) or system providing
power to power supply assembly.
Check cabling and voltage between
PDU and switch. Correct the
voltage as necessary. If correct
voltage is verified, replace power
supply assembly.
Flashing on five times, and then off Power supply assembly fan is Replace power supply.
5 seconds. faulty.
Flashing on six times, and then off Over temperature protection. Check for blocked air flow or high
5 seconds. ambient temperature at power
supply. If status persists, replace
power supply.
Flashing on seven times, and then Power supply is disabled. Disconnect power cable from
off 5 seconds. power supply, remove and reinsert

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 95
Interpreting fan assembly LEDs

TABLE 17 AC Power supply LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
power supply, and then reconnect
power cable to restart. If status
persists, replace power supply
assembly. If status persists, replace
power supply.

TABLE 18 HVAC/HVDC Power supply LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power status No light (LED is off) Power supply does not have Ensure that the power supply is
incoming power and is not firmly seated, power cable is
providing power to the device. connected, and that power cable is
connected to power source.
NOTE
When incoming power Disconnect power cable from
is first removed, LED power supply, remove and reinsert
flashes, and then turns power supply, and then reconnect
off. power cable to restart.

If status persists, replace power

supply assembly.
Steady green Power supply has incoming power No action required.
and is providing power to the
device.
Flashing on one-half second and Source power is disconnected from Check power connection at power
then off one-half second. the power supply assembly, but supply, cable, and power source. If
additional power supply installed in these check out, disconnect power
device is powered on. cable from power supply, remove
and reinsert power supply, and then
reconnect power cable to restart. If
status persists, replace power
supply assembly.

NOTE
If airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on WWN cards, the
power supply will have a "fault" status. However, LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault.

Interpreting fan assembly LEDs

Refer to the following illustration and table to interpret the LED patterns on fan assemblies. The LED patterns may temporarily change
during POST and other diagnostic tests. The Brocade X6-8 Director has three fan assemblies.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

96 53-1004105-07
 Interpreting fan assembly LEDs

FIGURE 36 Fan assembly LEDs

1. Power LED 2. Status LED

TABLE 19 Fan assembly LED descriptions

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action

Power No light (LED is off) Fan assembly does not have power. Ensure that the fan assembly is
firmly seated and has power.
Steady green Fan assembly has power. No action required.

Status No light (LED is off) Fan assembly is either healthy or Ensure that the fan assembly has
does not have power. power.
Steady amber Fan assembly is being initialized or Wait to see if fan fully initializes. If
has a failure (full or partial). LED remains amber, replace the fan
assembly.
Slow-flashing amber (on 2 Fan assembly is not seated Pull the unit out and reseat it. If the
seconds, then off 2 seconds) correctly or is faulty. LED continues to flash, replace the
unit.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 97
Interpreting POST and boot results

TABLE 19 Fan assembly LED descriptions (continued)

LED purpose Color Status Recommended action
Flashing amber (on ½ second, then Fan is disabled. Run the fanEnable command to
off 3.5 seconds) enable the fan.
Fast-flashing amber (on ½ second, Environmental range exceeded. Check for out-of-bounds
then off ½ second) environmental condition, resolve
any problems, and reseat the unit. If
the LED continues to flash, replace
the unit.

CAUTION
If fan assembly LED operation indicates a fault or no power, verify that fan is fully seated in the chassis and that captive
screws securing fan in the chassis are fully tightened. If screws are loose, pressure from fans may unseat the fan from
chassis connectors.

Interpreting POST and boot results

The device performs Power-On Self-Test (POST) by default each time the device is powered on, rebooted, or reset. The device can be
rebooted using the reboot to reboot each CP individually) or fastBoot commands. The fastBoot command reboots the switches without
running POST. If the active CP blade is rebooted, it fails over to the standby CP blade.

POST
The device automatically performs POST each time it is powered on or reset.

To verify that POST has completed without error, do the following:

• Verify that all LEDs return to a normal state after POST completes.

If one or more LEDs do not return to a normal state, and this is not due to the device being set to beacon, refer to the relevant
LED table to identify and correct the problem. For port blades, and CP and core switch blades, the slotShow command can be
used to check the status of the slots. For information about turning beaconing on or off, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS
Administration Guide.
• Verify that the switch prompt displays when POST completes.

If it does not display, POST was not successfully completed. Contact the device supplier for support.
• Review the system error log using the errShow or errDump commands.

Any errors detected during POST are written to the system log, which is accessible through the errShow command. For
information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

POST includes the following steps:

1. Preliminary POST diagnostics are run.
2. Operating system is initialized.
3. Hardware is initialized.
4. Diagnostic tests are run on several functions, including circuitry, port functionality, ability to send and receive frames, all aspects
of memory, parity, statistics counters, and serialization.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

98 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

Boot
In addition to POST, boot includes the following steps after POST is complete:

1. Universal port configuration is performed.

2. Links are initialized.
3. Fabric is analyzed. If any ports are connected to other switches, the device participates in a fabric configuration.
4. The device obtains a domain ID and assigns port addresses.
5. Unicast routing tables are constructed.
6. Normal port operation is enabled.

Using monitoring commands

This section provides example output and explanation for commands referenced in this guide for monitoring and verifying operation of
the director and various components, such as blades, power supply assemblies, and fan assemblies.

Output for the following commands is provided:

• switchShow
• chassisShow
• haShow
• tempShow
• psShow
• sensorShow
• sfpShow
• fanShow
• errDump
• HistoryShow
• SupportSave

For more detail on using these commands, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference. For more information on error
messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference .

chassisShow
The chassisShow can be especially helpful in monitoring the health of the device. This command provides information on installed blade,
fan assembly, and power supply assembly FRUs. In addition, customer-supplied information can also be viewed, if included, for each
FRU type. Four measurements to note are:
• Power Consume Factor: Maximum power allocated for a given FRU. Except for power supply assemblies, all power is shown as
a negative number.
• Power Usage: If shown, this reflects real-time power usage for the FRU.
• Time Awake: Time that the system as been powered on since the last reboot.
• Time Alive: Reflects the total power-on time for the FRU (when available).

The following examples show output from this command.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 99
Using monitoring commands

NOTE
The output has been truncated to reduce duplicate information.

chassisX6-8:admin> chassisshow
Chassis Family: X6-8
Chassis Backplane Revision: 0

SW BLADE Slot: 3
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -245W
Power Usage: -152W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L029
Manufacture: Day: 6 Month: 11 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 26 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 4
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -245W
Power Usage: -157W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L014
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 15 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 80 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

CP BLADE Slot: 1
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -50W
Power Usage: -47W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003201-09
Factory Serial Num: DYK0338L008
Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 23 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 84 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

CP BLADE Slot: 2
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -50W
Power Usage: -41W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003201-09
Factory Serial Num: DYK0338L00E
Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 23 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 87 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 5
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -420W
Power Usage: -264W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003373-01
Factory Serial Num: EAL0339L009
Manufacture: Day: 24 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 66 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 6
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -420W

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

100 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

Power Usage: -286W

Factory Part Num: 60-1003373-01
Factory Serial Num: EAL0339L019
Manufacture: Day: 23 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 63 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

CORE BLADE Slot: 7

Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -450W
Power Usage: -264W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003199-08
Factory Serial Num: DYH0344L005
Manufacture: Day: 17 Month: 11 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 0 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

CORE BLADE Slot: 8

Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -450W
Power Usage: -289W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003199-08
Factory Serial Num: DYH0344L003
Manufacture: Day: 7 Month: 11 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 0 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 9
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -245W
Power Usage: -154W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0332L035
Manufacture: Day: 26 Month: 9 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 15 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 80 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 10
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -245W
Power Usage: -154W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L00J
Manufacture: Day: 4 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 78 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 11
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -245W
Power Usage: -154W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L00J
Manufacture: Day: 4 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 78 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

SW BLADE Slot: 12
Header Version: 2

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 101
Using monitoring commands

Power Consume Factor: -245W

Power Usage: -154W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003325-01
Factory Serial Num: DYJ0339L00J
Manufacture: Day: 4 Month: 10 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 12 Month: 3 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 78 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID:

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: 2870w
Factory Part Num: 23-0000161-01
Factory Serial Num: DUC2M35L092
Manufacture: Day: 25 Month: 8 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 57 days
Time Awake: 2 days
ID:

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 2

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: 2870w
Factory Part Num: 23-0000161-01
Factory Serial Num: DUC2M33L06V
Manufacture: Day: 10 Month: 8 Year: 2015
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 68 days
Time Awake: 2 days
ID:

FAN Unit: 1
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -300w
Factory Part Num: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Num: DYL0329L04R
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 68 days
Time Awake: 2 days
ID:

FAN Unit: 2
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -300w
Factory Part Num: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Num: DYL0329L02E
Manufacture: Day: 10 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 68 days
Time Awake: 2 days
ID:

FAN Unit: 3
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -300w
Factory Part Num: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Num: DYL0329L055
Manufacture: Day: 10 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 15 Month: 2 Year: 2016
Time Alive: 68 days
Time Awake: 2 days
ID:

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

102 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -1W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L039
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 24 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID: ***(@*%)(*
Part Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*
Serial Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*
Revision Num: ***(

WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -1W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L032
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 24 days
Time Awake: 0 days
ID: ***(@*%)(*
Part Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*
Serial Num: ***(@*%)(*@#%(@*%)@*
Revision Num: ***(

Chassis Factory Serial Num: BAF0289K00H

errDump and errShow

Use the errShow command to display device error log messages one at a time. Use the errDump command to display error log
messages without any page breaks. The output of these commands are unique for each Control Processor (CP), so must be executed on
each CP blade to obtain a complete record.

Following is a partial example of errDump output.

chassisX6:admin> errdump

2016/03/28-08:44:28,[FV-1001], 90, SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Switch,Flow Vision daemon initialized.

2016/03/28-08:44:51,[FSSM-1002],91,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,HA State is in sync.

2016/03/28-08:44:51,[SULB-1003],92,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwarecommit has started.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1004],93,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwarecommit has completed.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1036],94,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,The new Version: Fabric OS v8.0.1_bld52.

2016/03/28-08:48:27,[SULB-1002],95,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,Firmwaredownload command has completed

successfully.

2016/03/28-08:50:51,[IPAD-1003],96,SLOT 1 CHASSIS,INFO,My_Chassis,DNS parameters saved successfully.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note the following about this output:

• The output can contain several thousand lines. Use errClear command to reset the output when needed. This command clears
all error log messages for all director instances on the CP where the command is issued.
• My_Switch corresponds to what is entered for switchname and is a switch or logical switch event.
• My_Chassis corresponds to what is entered for chassisname and is a chassis event.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 103
Using monitoring commands

fanShow
Use this command to display the current status and speed of each installed fan. The following is an example of fanShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> fanshow
Fan 1 is Ok, speed is 7518 RPM
Fan 2 is Ok, speed is 7471 RPM
Fan 3 is Ok, speed is 7434 RPM

haShow
Use this command to display the control processor (CP) status. The display includes the following information:
• Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered.
• Remote CP state (slot number and CP ID).
• High Availability (enabled or disabled).
• Heartbeat (up or down).
• Health of standby CP.
• HA synchronization status.

The following is an example of haShow output.

chassisX6:admin> hashow
Local CP (Slot 1, CP0): Active, Warm Recovered
Remote CP (Slot 2, CP1): Standby, Healthy
HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized

Note the following about this output:

• A warm recovery typically does not disrupt traffic flow.
• A cold recovery is usually a result of a reboot of the active CP, which disrupts traffic.
• A lack of HA synchronization can be related to a firmware download in progress or that the device is recovering from a reboot or
power-cycle.

historyShow
Use this command to display the entire history log, which includes insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such
as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.

The following is an example of historyShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> historyshow

CORE BLADE Slot 7 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:58:38 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003323-01
Factory Serial Number: DYH0339L00D

POWER SUPPLY Unit 1 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:09 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000163-01
Factory Serial Number: DUE2M03M04P

POWER SUPPLY Unit 2 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:09 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000161-01
Factory Serial Number: DUC2M35L0CL

POWER SUPPLY Unit 3 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:10 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000161-01
Factory Serial Number: DUC2M41L0JJ

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

104 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

POWER SUPPLY Unit 4 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:11 2016

Factory Part Number: 23-0000163-01
Factory Serial Number: DUE2M03M04S

SW BLADE Slot 3 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:12 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003336-01
Factory Serial Number: EAL0338L006

FAN Unit 1 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:13 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Number: DYL0329L014

FAN Unit 2 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:13 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Number: DYL0329L01A

SW BLADE Slot 4 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:13 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003336-01
Factory Serial Number: EAL0338L00L

FAN Unit 3 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:14 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003203-03
Factory Serial Number: DYL0329L05W

WWN Unit 1 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:14 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Number: DZH0331L039

SW BLADE Slot 5 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:14 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L006

WWN Unit 2 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:14 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Number: DZH0331L032

SW BLADE Slot 6 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:15 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L03S

SW BLADE Slot 9 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:16 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003373-01
Factory Serial Number: EAL0339L00P

SW BLADE Slot 10 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:16 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L031

SW BLADE Slot 11 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:17 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L02K

CP BLADE Slot 1 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:19 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003201-09
Factory Serial Number: DYK0338L008

CP BLADE Slot 2 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 13:59:20 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003201-09
Factory Serial Number: DYK0338L00E

SW BLADE Slot 12 Inserted at Mon Jun 13 14:29:57 2016

Factory Part Number: 60-1003200-07
Factory Serial Number: DYJ0332L018

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 105
Using monitoring commands

psShow
Use this command to display the current status of installed power supplies. The following is an example of psShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> psshow
Power Supply #1 is OK
V10M03, DUE2M03M04P ,23-0000163-01,21,DELTA,ECD16020044 ,S1,DUE2M03M
Power Supply #2 is OK
V10L35, DUC2M35L0CL ,23-0000161-01,31,DELTA,ECD16020042 ,S5,DUC2M35L
Power Supply #3 is OK
V10L41, DUC2M41L0JJ ,23-0000161-01,32,DELTA,ECD16020042 ,S6,DUC2M41L
Power Supply #4 is OK
V10M03, DUE2M03M04S ,23-0000163-01,21,DELTA,ECD16020044 ,S1,DUE2M03M

sensorShow
Use this command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status, and readings from sensors located on the device.
The sensorShow command output is similar to tempShow except that fan and power supply sensor information is also included.
Temperatures are in Celsius only.

The following is an example of sensorShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> sensorshow
sensor 1: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 2: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 53 C
sensor 3: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 31 C
sensor 4: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 50 C
sensor 5: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 6: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 7: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 39 C
sensor 8: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 46 C
sensor 9: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 10: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 11: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 43 C
sensor 12: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 46 C
sensor 13: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 41 C
sensor 14: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 36 C
sensor 15: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 38 C
sensor 16: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 36 C
sensor 17: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 37 C
sensor 18: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 32 C
sensor 19: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 35 C
sensor 20: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 33 C
sensor 21: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 22: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 58 C
sensor 23: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 51 C
sensor 24: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 48 C
sensor 25: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 42 C
sensor 26: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 27: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 60 C
sensor 28: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 52 C
sensor 29: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 47 C
sensor 30: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 42 C
sensor 31: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 31 C
sensor 32: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 54 C
sensor 33: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 34: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 35: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 41 C
sensor 36: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 48 C
sensor 37: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 38: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 39: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 40 C
sensor 40: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 45 C
sensor 41: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 29 C
sensor 42: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 30 C
sensor 43: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 43 C
sensor 44: (Temperature) is Ok, value is 49 C

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

106 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

sensor 45: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 7509 RPM

sensor 46: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 7462 RPM
sensor 47: (Fan ) is Ok,speed is 7444 RPM
sensor 48: (Power Supply) is Ok
sensor 49: (Power Supply) is Ok
sensor 50: (Power Supply) is Ok
sensor 51: (Power Supply) is Ok

slotShow
Use this command to display the current status of each blade in the system. Depending on the option used, the command retrieves
information on blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage for each slot in the switch or chassis. Use the -m
operand to display the blade model name and status.

Following is an example of slotShow output.

NOTE
The most common status is shown. A status of Faulty (51) would display for a POST failure during power-on or a blade hot-
plug.

chassisX6-8:admin> slotShow -m
Slot Blade Type ID Model Name Status
--------------------------------------------------
1 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED
2 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED
3 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
4 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
5 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED
6 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 DISABLED
7 CORE BLADE 176 CR32-8 ENABLED
8 CORE BLADE 176 CR32-8 ENABLED
9 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
10 UNKNOWN VACANT
11 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
12 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
switch:admin>

sfpShow
Use this command without operands to display a summary of all installed SFPs. For each port, the command displays the SFP type and,
for serial ID SFP, the vendor name and SFP, serial number, and speed capability (in Gbps). Use this command with a port number to
display detailed information about the serial ID SFP in the specified port.
Following is example of sfpShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> sfpshow

Slot 3/Port 0: --
Slot 3/Port 1: --
Slot 3/Port 2: --
Slot 3/Port 3: --
Slot 3/Port 4: --
Slot 3/Port 5: --
Slot 3/Port 6: --
Slot 3/Port 7: --
Slot 3/Port 8: --
Slot 3/Port 9: --
Slot 3/Port 10: --
Slot 3/Port 11: --
Slot 3/Port 12: --
Slot 3/Port 13: --
Slot 3/Port 14: --
Slot 3/Port 15: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 107
Using monitoring commands

Slot 4/Port 0: --
Slot 4/Port 1: --
Slot 4/Port 2: --
Slot 4/Port 3: --
Slot 4/Port 4: --
Slot 4/Port 5: --
Slot 4/Port 6: --
Slot 4/Port 7: --
Slot 4/Port 8: --
Slot 4/Port 9: --
Slot 4/Port 10: --
Slot 4/Port 11: --
Slot 4/Port 12: --
Slot 4/Port 13: --
Slot 4/Port 14: --
Slot 4/Port 15: --
Slot 5/Port 0: --
Slot 5/Port 1: --
Slot 5/Port 2: --
Slot 5/Port 3: --
Slot 5/Port 4: --
Slot 5/Port 5: --
Slot 5/Port 6: --
Slot 5/Port 7: --
Slot 5/Port 8: --
Slot 5/Port 9: --
Slot 5/Port 10: --
Slot 5/Port 11: --
Slot 5/Port 12: --
Slot 5/Port 13: --
Slot 5/Port 14: --
Slot 5/Port 15: --
Slot 6/Port 0: --
Slot 6/Port 1: --
Slot 6/Port 2: --
Slot 6/Port 3: --
Slot 6/Port 4: --
Slot 6/Port 5: --
Slot 6/Port 6: --
Slot 6/Port 7: --
Slot 6/Port 8: --
Slot 6/Port 9: --
Slot 6/Port 10: --
Slot 6/Port 11: --
Slot 6/Port 12: --
Slot 6/Port 13: --
Slot 6/Port 14: --
Slot 6/Port 15: --
Slot 9/Port 0: --
Slot 9/Port 1: --
Slot 9/Port 2: --
Slot 9/Port 3: --
Slot 9/Port 4: --
Slot 9/Port 5: --
Slot 9/Port 6: --
Slot 9/Port 7: --
Slot 9/Port 8: --
Slot 9/Port 9: --
Slot 9/Port 10: --
Slot 9/Port 11: --
Slot 9/Port 12: --
Slot 9/Port 13: --
Slot 9/Port 14: --
Slot 9/Port 15: --
Slot 10/Port 0: --
Slot 10/Port 1: --
Slot 10/Port 2: --
Slot 10/Port 3: --
Slot 10/Port 4: --
Slot 10/Port 5: --
Slot 10/Port 6: --
Slot 10/Port 7: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

108 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

Slot 10/Port 8: --
Slot 10/Port 9: --
Slot 10/Port 10: --
Slot 10/Port 11: --
Slot 10/Port 12: --
Slot 10/Port 13: --
Slot 10/Port 14: --
Slot 10/Port 15: --
Slot 11/Port 0: --
Slot 11/Port 1: --
Slot 11/Port 2: --
Slot 11/Port 3: --
Slot 11/Port 4: --
Slot 11/Port 5: --
Slot 11/Port 6: --
Slot 11/Port 7: --
Slot 11/Port 8: --
Slot 11/Port 9: --
Slot 11/Port 10: --
Slot 11/Port 11: --
Slot 11/Port 12: --
Slot 11/Port 13: --
Slot 11/Port 14: --
Slot 11/Port 15: --
Slot 12/Port 0: --
Slot 12/Port 1: --
Slot 12/Port 2: --
Slot 12/Port 3: --
Slot 12/Port 4: --
Slot 12/Port 5: --
Slot 12/Port 6: --
Slot 12/Port 7: --
Slot 12/Port 8: --
Slot 12/Port 9: --
Slot 12/Port 10: --
Slot 12/Port 11: --
Slot 12/Port 12: --
Slot 12/Port 13: --
Slot 12/Port 14: --
Slot 12/Port 15: --
Slot 5/Port 16: --
Slot 5/Port 17: --
Slot 5/Port 18: --
Slot 5/Port 19: --
Slot 5/Port 20: --
Slot 5/Port 21: --
Slot 5/Port 22: --
Slot 5/Port 23: --
Slot 5/Port 24: --
Slot 5/Port 25: --
Slot 5/Port 26: --
Slot 5/Port 27: --
Slot 5/Port 28: --
Slot 5/Port 29: --
Slot 5/Port 30: --
Slot 5/Port 31: --
Slot 6/Port 16: --
Slot 6/Port 17: --
Slot 6/Port 18: --
Slot 6/Port 19: --
Slot 6/Port 20: --
Slot 6/Port 21: --
Slot 6/Port 22: --
Slot 6/Port 23: --
Slot 6/Port 24: --
Slot 6/Port 25: --
Slot 6/Port 26: --
Slot 6/Port 27: --
Slot 6/Port 28: --
Slot 6/Port 29: --
Slot 6/Port 30: --
Slot 6/Port 31: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 109
Using monitoring commands

Slot 10/Port 16: --

Slot 10/Port 17: --
Slot 10/Port 18: --
Slot 10/Port 19: --
Slot 10/Port 20: --
Slot 10/Port 21: --
Slot 10/Port 22: --
Slot 10/Port 23: --
Slot 10/Port 24: --
Slot 10/Port 25: --
Slot 10/Port 26: --
Slot 10/Port 27: --
Slot 10/Port 28: --
Slot 10/Port 29: --
Slot 10/Port 30: --
Slot 10/Port 31: --
Slot 11/Port 16: --
Slot 11/Port 17: --
Slot 11/Port 18: --
Slot 11/Port 19: --
Slot 11/Port 20: --
Slot 11/Port 21: --
Slot 11/Port 22: --
Slot 11/Port 23: --
Slot 11/Port 24: --
Slot 11/Port 25: --
Slot 11/Port 26: --
Slot 11/Port 27: --
Slot 11/Port 28: --
Slot 11/Port 29: --
Slot 11/Port 30: --
Slot 11/Port 31: --
Slot 12/Port 16: --
Slot 12/Port 17: --
Slot 12/Port 18: --
Slot 12/Port 19: --
Slot 12/Port 20: --
Slot 12/Port 21: --
Slot 12/Port 22: --
Slot 12/Port 23: --
Slot 12/Port 24: --
Slot 12/Port 25: --
Slot 12/Port 26: --
Slot 12/Port 27: --
Slot 12/Port 28: --
Slot 12/Port 29: --
Slot 12/Port 30: --
Slot 12/Port 31: --
Slot 5/Port 32: --
Slot 5/Port 33: --
Slot 5/Port 34: --
Slot 5/Port 35: --
Slot 5/Port 36: --
Slot 5/Port 37: --
Slot 5/Port 38: --
Slot 5/Port 39: --
Slot 5/Port 40: --
Slot 5/Port 41: --
Slot 5/Port 42: --
Slot 5/Port 43: --
Slot 5/Port 44: --
Slot 5/Port 45: --
Slot 5/Port 46: --
Slot 5/Port 47: --
Slot 6/Port 32: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF315420000114 Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 33: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF315410000NDL Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 34: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF31542000010P Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 35: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: JAF315410000NNZ Speed: 8,16,32_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 36: --
Slot 6/Port 37: --
Slot 6/Port 38: --
Slot 6/Port 39: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

110 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

Slot 6/Port 40: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAA1121210791A2 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 41: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAF112150000W4H Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 42: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAF110530000GN1 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 43: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAF110530000GN4 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps
Slot 6/Port 44: --
Slot 6/Port 45: --
Slot 6/Port 46: --
Slot 6/Port 47: --
Slot 10/Port 32: --
Slot 10/Port 33: --
Slot 10/Port 34: --
Slot 10/Port 35: --
Slot 10/Port 36: --
Slot 10/Port 37: --
Slot 10/Port 38: --
Slot 10/Port 39: --
Slot 10/Port 40: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: HAA21505108WZH2 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps
Slot 10/Port 41: --
Slot 10/Port 42: --
Slot 10/Port 43: --
Slot 10/Port 44: --
Slot 10/Port 45: --
Slot 10/Port 46: --
Slot 10/Port 47: --
Slot 11/Port 32: --
Slot 11/Port 33: --
Slot 11/Port 34: --
Slot 11/Port 35: --
Slot 11/Port 36: --
Slot 11/Port 37: --
Slot 11/Port 38: --
Slot 11/Port 39: --
Slot 11/Port 40: --
Slot 11/Port 41: --
Slot 11/Port 42: --
Slot 11/Port 43: --
Slot 11/Port 44: --
Slot 11/Port 45: --
Slot 11/Port 46: --
Slot 11/Port 47: --
Slot 12/Port 32: --
Slot 12/Port 33: --
Slot 12/Port 34: --
Slot 12/Port 35: --
Slot 12/Port 36: --
Slot 12/Port 37: --
Slot 12/Port 38: --
Slot 12/Port 39: --
Slot 12/Port 40: --
Slot 12/Port 41: --
Slot 12/Port 42: --
Slot 12/Port 43: --
Slot 12/Port 44: --
Slot 12/Port 45: --
Slot 12/Port 46: --
Slot 12/Port 47: --
Slot 7/Port 0: --
Slot 7/Port 1: --
Slot 7/Port 2: --
Slot 7/Port 3: --
Slot 7/Port 4: --
Slot 7/Port 5: --
Slot 7/Port 6: --
Slot 7/Port 7: --
Slot 7/Port 8: --
Slot 7/Port 9: --
Slot 7/Port 10: --
Slot 7/Port 11: --
Slot 7/Port 12: --
Slot 7/Port 13: --
Slot 7/Port 14: --
Slot 7/Port 15: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 111
Using monitoring commands

Slot 7/Port 16: --

Slot 7/Port 17: --
Slot 7/Port 18: --
Slot 7/Port 19: --
Slot 7/Port 20: --
Slot 7/Port 21: --
Slot 7/Port 22: --
Slot 7/Port 23: --
Slot 7/Port 24: --
Slot 7/Port 25: --
Slot 7/Port 26: --
Slot 7/Port 27: --
Slot 7/Port 28: --
Slot 7/Port 29: --
Slot 7/Port 30: --
Slot 7/Port 31: --
Slot 8/Port 0: --
Slot 8/Port 1: --
Slot 8/Port 2: --
Slot 8/Port 3: --
Slot 8/Port 4: --
Slot 8/Port 5: --
Slot 8/Port 6: --
Slot 8/Port 7: --
Slot 8/Port 8: --
Slot 8/Port 9: --
Slot 8/Port 10: --
Slot 8/Port 11: --
Slot 8/Port 12: --
Slot 8/Port 13: --
Slot 8/Port 14: --
Slot 8/Port 15: --
Slot 8/Port 16: --
Slot 8/Port 17: --
Slot 8/Port 18: --
Slot 8/Port 19: --
Slot 8/Port 20: --
Slot 8/Port 21: --
Slot 8/Port 22: --
Slot 8/Port 23: --
Slot 8/Port 24: --
Slot 8/Port 25: --
Slot 8/Port 26: --
Slot 8/Port 27: --
Slot 8/Port 28: --
Slot 8/Port 29: --
Slot 8/Port 30: --
Slot 8/Port 31: --
Slot 7/Port 32: --
Slot 7/Port 33: --
Slot 7/Port 34: --
Slot 7/Port 35: --
Slot 7/Port 36: --
Slot 7/Port 37: --
Slot 7/Port 38: --
Slot 7/Port 39: --
Slot 7/Port 40: --
Slot 7/Port 41: --
Slot 7/Port 42: --
Slot 7/Port 43: --
Slot 7/Port 44: --
Slot 7/Port 45: --
Slot 7/Port 46: --
Slot 7/Port 47: --
Slot 7/Port 48: --
Slot 7/Port 49: --
Slot 7/Port 50: --
Slot 7/Port 51: --
Slot 7/Port 52: --
Slot 7/Port 53: --
Slot 7/Port 54: --
Slot 7/Port 55: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

112 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

Slot 7/Port 56: --

Slot 7/Port 57: --
Slot 7/Port 58: --
Slot 7/Port 59: --
Slot 8/Port 32: id 8/0 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000007E Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 33: id 8/1 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000007E Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 34: id 8/2 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000007E Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 35: id 8/3 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000007E Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 36: --
Slot 8/Port 37: --
Slot 8/Port 38: --
Slot 8/Port 39: --
Slot 8/Port 40: --
Slot 8/Port 41: --
Slot 8/Port 42: --
Slot 8/Port 43: --
Slot 8/Port 44: --
Slot 8/Port 45: --
Slot 8/Port 46: --
Slot 8/Port 47: --
Slot 8/Port 48: --
Slot 8/Port 49: --
Slot 8/Port 50: --
Slot 8/Port 51: --
Slot 8/Port 52: --
Slot 8/Port 53: --
Slot 8/Port 54: --
Slot 8/Port 55: --
Slot 8/Port 56: --
Slot 8/Port 57: --
Slot 8/Port 58: --
Slot 8/Port 59: --
Slot 8/Port 60: id 15/0 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000006R Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 61: id 15/1 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000006R Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 62: id 15/2 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000006R Speed: 32_Gbps
Slot 8/Port 63: id 15/3 (sw) Vendor: BROCADE Serial No: ZTA11539000006R Speed: 32_Gbps
GE: Slot 3/Port 0: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 1: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 2: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 3: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 4: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 5: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 6: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 7: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 8: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 9: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 10: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 11: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 12: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 13: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 14: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 15: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 16: --
GE: Slot 3/Port 17: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 0: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 1: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 2: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 3: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 4: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 5: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 6: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 7: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 8: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 9: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 10: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 11: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 12: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 13: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 14: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 15: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 16: --
GE: Slot 4/Port 17: --

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 113
Using monitoring commands

GE: Slot 9/Port 0: --

GE: Slot 9/Port 1: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 2: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 3: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 4: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 5: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 6: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 7: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 8: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 9: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 10: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 11: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 12: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 13: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 14: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 15: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 16: --
GE: Slot 9/Port 17: --

switchShow
The switchShow command can be especially helpful in monitoring the health of the device. This command displays status, identification,
and configuration information on the chassis and installed blades and ports. The following example shows output from this command.

NOTE
The following output has been truncated to reduce duplicate information.

chassisX6-8:admin> switchshow
switchshow> switchshow
switchName: switch1_SW
switchType: 166.0
switchState: Online
switchMode: Native
switchRole: Subordinate
switchDomain: 1
switchId: fffc01
switchWwn: 10:00:00:25:f8:f1:15:80
zoning: ON (MPR4k)
switchBeacon: OFF
FC Router: OFF
FC Router BB Fabric ID: 128
Address Mode: 0
Fabric Name: BB1
HIF Mode: OFF

Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto

============================================================
0 3 0 010000 id N32 Online FC F-Port 86:0d:00:11:0d:06:00:00
1 3 1 010100 id N32 Online FC F-Port 86:24:00:11:0d:07:00:00
2 3 2 010200 id N32 Online FC F-Port 86:0c:00:11:0d:05:00:00
3 3 3 010300 id N32 Online FC F-Port 86:25:00:11:0d:08:00:00
4 3 4 010400 id N32 Online FC F-Port 21:00:00:24:ff:90:55:30
5 3 5 010500 id N32 Online FC F-Port 21:00:00:24:ff:90:55:31
6 3 6 010600 id N32 Online FC F-Port 21:00:00:24:ff:90:55:9e
7 3 7 010700 id N32 ONline FC F-Port 21:00:00:24:ff:90:55:9f
8 3 8 010800 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:00:27:f8:f2:c8:b8
9 3 9 010900 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:00:27:f8:f2:c6:b8 "ras010" (Trunk master)
10 3 10 010a00 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:00:27:f8:f2:c7:b8 "ras010" (Trunk master)
11 3 11 010b00 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:00:27:f8:f2:c8:b8 "ras010" (Trunk master)
12 3 12 010c00 -- N32 No_Module FC
13 3 13 010d00 -- N32 No_Module FC
14 3 14 010e00 -- N32 No_Module FC
15 3 15 010f00 -- N32 No_Module FC
128 3 16 018000 -- N32 No_Module FC
129 3 17 018100 -- N32 No_Module FC
130 3 18 018200 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:50:eb:1a:f6:6c:68 "ras006" (Trunk master)
131 3 19 018300 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:51:ee:1a:f6:6c:68 "ras006" (Trunk master)
132 3 20 018400 id N32 Online FC E-Port 10:00:52:ee:1a:f6:6c:68 "ras006" (Trunk master)

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

114 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

----------------output truncated -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

supportSave
Use this command to collect RASLOG, TRACE, supportShow, core file, FFDC data and other support information to a remote FTP
location. On platforms that support a USB, the information can also be stored on an attached USB device. SupportShow information is
available on Active and Standby CPs.

Following is an example of supportSave output. This output assumes that the supportFtp was used to set up FTP parameters (always
recommended). In the following examples, the -c operand allows use of the FTP, SCP, or SFTP parameters set by supportFtp. The -n
operand turns off confirmation prompting.

chassisX6-8:admin> supportsave -n -c

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:RAS...

.........................................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FTRACE_START...

..........
..Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_SYS...
...................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_ISWITCH...

............................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FABRIC...

...............

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:DIAG...

..............

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:RTE...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:IF_TREE...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:ISCSID_DBG...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AGWWNS...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AGWWN_CFG...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:VPWWN_CFG...
.......................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_PLOG...

............................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_OS...

.............................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_EX...

..

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_FABRIC...

...............................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_SERVICE...

..........

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_SEC...

..............................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_NET...

......................
slot 4-dp0 support file transfer done.

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_FICON...

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 115
Using monitoring commands

.....
slot 3-dp0 support file transfer done.
....
slot 9-dp1 support file transfer done.
.....
slot 9-dp0 support file transfer done.
.......
slot 4-dp1 support file transfer done.
.....

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_ASICDB...

.
slot 3-dp1 support file transfer done.
..........................................................................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_AG...

.
.
.
.
.
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_DCEHSL...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:SSHOW_FLOW...

...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:CEEDEBUG...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:CEETECHSUPPORT...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FCOESUPPORT...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:C2REGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:C1REGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:PBREGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:BLSREGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AVREGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:C3REGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:C4REGDUMP...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:BCM_STATS...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:CRYP...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FCIP...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FCIP_DPLOGS...

...............................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:VFABRIC...

.....

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:MAPS...

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:ENC_LOGGER...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AN_DEBUG...
...................

Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...

Saving support information for switch:switch_10, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_20, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_30, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_50, module:AMS_MAPS_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_10, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_20, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_30, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:switch_50, module:FLOW_VISION_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:MP_LOG...
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:DM_FTR_FFDC...
........................
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:CORE_FFDC...
No core or FFDC data files found!
Saving support information for switch:ras015, module:RAS_POST...
................

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

116 53-1004105-07
 Using monitoring commands

SupportSave completed.

tempShow
Use this command to display temperature readings of blade temperature sensors. The command displays the following information:
• Sensor ID (an index number)
• Slot number
• Sensor index (when command issued with the --detail option)
• Sensor state (OK or absent)
• Temperature in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit

Following is an example of tempShow output.

chassisX6-8:admin> tempshow
Sensor Slot Sensor State Centigrade Fahrenheit
ID Index
===================================================================
1 3 0 Ok 30 86
2 3 1 Ok 53 127
3 4 0 Ok 31 87
4 4 1 Ok 50 122
5 5 0 Ok 29 84
6 5 1 Ok 29 84
7 5 2 Ok 40 104
8 5 3 Ok 46 114
9 6 0 Ok 29 84
10 6 1 Ok 30 86
11 6 2 Ok 42 107
12 6 3 Ok 46 114
13 1 0 Ok 41 105
14 1 1 Ok 36 96
15 1 2 Ok 38 100
16 1 3 Ok 36 96
17 2 0 Ok 37 98
18 2 1 Ok 32 89
19 2 2 Ok 35 95
20 2 3 Ok 33 91
21 7 0 Ok 30 86
22 7 1 Ok 58 136
23 7 2 Ok 51 123
24 7 3 Ok 48 118
25 7 4 Ok 43 109
26 8 0 Ok 30 86
27 8 1 Ok 59 138
28 8 2 Ok 52 125
29 8 3 Ok 48 118
30 8 4 Ok 42 107
31 9 0 Ok 31 87
32 9 1 Ok 55 131
33 10 0 Ok 29 84
34 10 1 Ok 30 86
35 10 2 Ok 42 107
36 10 3 Ok 48 118
37 11 0 Ok 29 84
38 11 1 Ok 30 86
39 11 2 Ok 40 104
40 11 3 Ok 46 114
41 12 0 Ok 29 84
42 12 1 Ok 30 86
43 12 2 Ok 43 109
44 12 3 Ok 50 122

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 117
Running diagnostic tests

Note the following about this output:

• The absent state simply reflects that the blade slot is empty.
• The sensor index is mainly for support use.
• Multiple sensors are commonly averaged to determine thresholds used for managing fan speeds or for determining a high
temperature condition that may require that the blade be shut off.

Running diagnostic tests

Diagnostic tests are automatically run during POST to check the status of the device. Any error messages generated during POST are
sent to the error logs and to the serial console, if connected.

Diagnostic tests can also be run manually to test and troubleshoot the hardware and the firmware, including internal connections and
circuitry, transceivers, and port cables. However, diagnostic tests are generally intended for use by support personnel.

NOTE
Error messages do not necessarily indicate that the device requires maintenance.

Each diagnostic test can be implemented by entering the related command through a Telnet or serial session. For a list of diagnostic
tests and commands, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.

All diagnostic tests are run at all supported link speeds. They might temporarily lock the transmit and receive speeds to a specific speed.
Some diagnostic tests require interconnecting the ports to each other or using loopback plugs. If ports are interconnected, the media
(cables and transceivers) at each end of the connection must be of the same type. For example, short wavelength media must be
connected to short wavelength media, and likewise with long wavelength media and copper media.

For more information about diagnostic tests and how to run them, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide and the Brocade
Fabric OS Command Reference. For information about system error messages (errShow or errDump), refer to the Fabric OS
Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Guide.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

118 53-1004105-07
Port and Extension Blades
• Port blade overview....................................................................................................................................................................................... 119
• Extension blade overview............................................................................................................................................................................121
• Precautions specific to the blade............................................................................................................................................................. 124
• Faulty blade indicators..................................................................................................................................................................................124
• Time and items required for removal and installation......................................................................................................................125
• Removing a blade...........................................................................................................................................................................................125
• Installing a blade..............................................................................................................................................................................................127
• Verifying blade operation.............................................................................................................................................................................128

Port blade overview

The FC32-48 port blade contains 48 ports capable of Fibre Channel (FC) speeds up to 32 Gbps. Port blades connect to core routing
blades through backplane ports. Each core routing blade provides 96 backplane ports for port blade connection. The port blade
supports port-based in-flight encryption/decryption and compression/decompression.

Port and extension blades can be mixed in device slots 3-6 and 9-12, but CR32-8 blades must be installed in slots 7 and 8. Up to
eight hot-swappable port blades can be installed in a single chassis to provide up to 384 32 Gbps FC ports.

The following optics can be installed in the blade's FC ports:

• 32 Gbps SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds 8,16, and 32 Gbps.
• 16 Gbps SFP+ transceivers supporting speeds of 4, 8, and 16 Gbps.
• 10 Gbps SFP+ transceivers supporting 10 Gbps.

Port blades contain the following LED indicators:

• Green blade power LED
• Amber blade status LED
• Bicolor green/amber FC port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, refer to Interpreting port blade LEDs on page 85.

FC32-48 blade port numbering and trunking

The following illustration shows how ports are numbered and port trunking groups are arranged on the blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 119
Port blade overview

FIGURE 37 FC32-48 blade port numbering

1. FC ports 0–23 (numbered bottom to top) 2. FC ports 24–47 (numbered bottom to top)

Following are the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks." Color coding on the physical blade
identifies the port groups. On the blade, ports belonging to the same port group are indicated with the same color border beneath the
port on the blade label. Ports belonging to the same ASIC are indicated by a border with a similar color tone.
• 0–7
• 8–15
• 16–23
• 24–31
• 32–39
• 40–47

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

120 53-1004105-07
 Extension blade overview

Following are the requirements for forming trunk groups:

• All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from
port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.
• You can use from 1–8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.
• All ports in a trunk must be running at the same speed.
• All ports in a trunk must be configured for the same distance.
• All ports in a trunk must have the same encryption, compression, QoS, and FEC settings.
• Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking). Brocade
trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.
• There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

Extension blade overview

The Brocade SX6 Extension blade is intended as an extension platform to support Fibre Channel (FC), FICON, and IP based storage
data flows. Brocade Extension enables you to use the existing IP wide area network (WAN) infrastructure to connect Fibre Channel and IP
fabrics. Brocade Extension supports applications such as remote data replication (RDR), centralized backup, and data migration over very
long distances that are impractical or very costly using native Fibre Channel or IP connections. Extension tunnels, built on a physical
connection between two extension switches or blades, allow Fibre Channel and IP I/O to pass through the IP WAN. The SX6 Extension
blade can connect with an SX6 blade in another Brocade X6 Director or with a Brocade 7840 Extension Switch.

Port and extension blades can an be mixed in in device slots 3–6 and 9–12, but CR32-8 blades must be installed in slots 7 and 8. You
can install a maximum of four SX6 blades in the device.

The SX6 blade have the following external ports:

• 16 Fibre Channel (FC) SFP+ ports that support Fibre Channel Routing Services and connection to FC devices for the Brocade
Extension feature. These ports support 32 Gbps transceivers operating at 8, 16, or 32 Gbps, 16 Gbps transceivers operating
at 4, 8, or 16 Gbps, and 10 Gbps transceivers operating at fixed 10 Gbps. FC ports can autonegotiate speeds with connecting
ports.
• 16 10 or 1 GbE SFP+ and two 40 GbE QSFP ports. These ports allow connection of blades to IP WANs and allow Fibre
Channel and IP I/O to pass through the IP WAN using extension tunnels. The 10 or 1 GbE ports operate at 10 Gbps or 1 Gbps
fixed speeds with appropriate 10 Gbps or 1 Gbps transceivers installed. The 40 GbE QSFP ports operate at 40 Gbps fixed
speed.

Extension blades have the following LED indicators:

• Green blade power LED
• Amber blade status LED
• Bicolor green/amber 40 GbE and 10 or 1 GbE port status LEDs
• Bicolor green/amber FC port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, refer to Interpreting extension blade LEDs on page 87.

All features are supported on this blade with no license requirements.

Extension features
The SX6 Extension blade supports the following extension features.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 121
Extension blade overview

NOTE
For full details on extension blade features and configuration, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Extension Configuration
Guide.

• Connectivity with another Brocade SX6 extension blade or the Brocade 7840 Extension Switch.
• Multiple logical extension tunnels with maximum tunnel bandwidth up to 40 Gbps (FCIP mode) allow for scalable connections
between sites.
• Extension trunking feature allows multiple IP source and destination address pairs (defined as circuits) via multiple 10 GbE or
40 GbE interfaces to provide high bandwidth extension tunnel and lossless failover resiliency. In addition, each extension circuit
supports four QoS classes (class-F, high, medium and low priority), each as a TCP connection.
• ARL feature meets minimum bandwidth guarantee for each tunnel while making the full utilization of the available network
bandwidth without adverse throughput performance impact at high traffic load.
• Hardware-based compression delivers the ability to maximize throughput over lower bandwidth links in the wide area network,
optimizing the cost efficiencies of FCIP. The SX6 blade compresses FC frames before they are encapsulated into FCIP packets.
• Key protocol features are enabled in the FCIP implementation to optimize performance of extension over IP networks, including
WAN Optimized TCP (WO-TCP), 9K jumbo frame and end-to-end Path MTU auto discovery.
• Hardware-based IPsec supports mix of secure and non-secure tunnels on the same Ethernet port, jumbo frames, and VLAN
tagged connections. The IPsec function is capable of supporting both IPv4 and IPv6.
• FastWrite, Open Systems Tape Pipelining and Advanced Accelerator for FICON mitigate the latency effect of a long distance
FCIP distance connection over IP WAN.
• Extension HCL (Hot Code Load) provides In-service firmware upgrade for supporting 24/7 non-stop business operations
• Built-in WAN link tester generates traffic over an IP connection to test for maximum throughput, congestion, loss percentage,
out of order deliver, latency, and other network conditions. It helps determine the health of a WAN link before deploying it for
use.
• Fabric Vision advanced monitoring provides the following functions:
– Policy based monitoring monitors extension connectivity and WAN anomalies using multi-layer metrics.
– Flow monitoring reports IOPS and data rate of individual I/O flows of inter-DC replication and tape backup operations.
– Flow generator generates FC frames for a defined flow with default or custom size and pattern and sent across extension
tunnel to help validate end to end network setup and configuration.
• Extended distance Fibre Channel supports long distance native FC connectivity.
• Extension tunnels and circuits:
– A maximum of 8 circuits can be configured per tunnel.
– A maximum of 20 tunnels (VE_Ports) can be configured for all GbE ports.
– The maximum committed rate of a single circuit is 10 Gbps, whether configured on a 10 GbE or 40 GbE port.
• FCIP and hybrid mode (FC + IP) modes.

SX6 blade port numbering and trunking

The following illustration shows how ports are numbered on the blade. Ports are labeled as 10GE, 40 GbE, and FC on the blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

122 53-1004105-07
 Extension blade overview

FIGURE 38 SX6 extension blade port numbering

1. 40 GbE port 0 4. 10/1 GbE ports 10–17 (bottom to top)

2. 40 GbE port 1 5. FC ports 0, 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11 (bottom to top)

3. 10/1 GbE ports 2–9 (bottom to top) 6. FC ports 4, 5. 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15 (bottom to top)

Following are the eight-port Fibre Channel port groups for configuring trunk groups or "trunks":
• Port group 0: ports 0–7
• Port group 1: ports 8–15

Following are the requirements for forming trunk groups:

• All ports in a trunk group must belong to the same port group. For example, to form an 8-port trunk select all eight ports from
port group 0 or port group 1. You cannot use ports from each port group for the trunk.
• You can use from 1–8 ports in a port group to form a trunk.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 123
Precautions specific to the blade

• Ports must be running at the same speed.

• Ports must be configured for the same distance.
• Ports must have the same encryption, compression, QoS, and FEC settings.
• Trunk groups must be created between Brocade switches (or Brocade adapters in the case of F_Port trunking). Brocade
trunking is proprietary and is not supported on M-EOS or third-party switches.
• There must be a direct connection between participating switches.

For full details on trunking requirements and configuration, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.

Precautions specific to the blade

This document describes how to remove and replace a port or extension blade.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

• The SX6 extension and FC32-48 port blade can only be installed in Brocade X6 Directors.
• Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing device blades and cards. Follow electrostatic
discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench
ground.
• Install port and extension blades only in slots 3–6 and 9–12. Slots 7 and 8 are reserved for CR32-8 blades. These blades
cannot be installed in other slots as guide pins and connectors in each slot allow only specific blade types.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION
If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis
with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION
Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in
their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector
handles.

Faulty blade indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the blade before continuing. The following events may indicate that a blade is faulty:
• The status LED on the blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated.
• The slotShow command does not show that the blade is enabled.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

124 53-1004105-07
 Removing a blade

• Any of the following messages display in the error log or "show" command output:
– "Slot unknown" message relating to the blade slot
– FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for the blade
– FAULTY (xx) with an associated (xx) code used by support

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Time and items required for removal and installation

The removal or installation procedure for each blade takes less than 10 minutes. Removing and restoring transceivers and cables may
take longer depending on how many must be changed. The following items are required for the blade and filler panel replacement:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• Workstation computer
• Replacement blade or filler panel
• #1 Phillips screwdriver
• SFP, SFP+, or SFP28 transceivers (as needed)
• Optical and copper cables (as needed)

NOTE
For information about the transceivers that are qualified for this Brocade device, refer to the "Installing Transceivers and Cables"
section.

Removing a blade
• Before removing any cables from a blade, note the cable order (identify each cable by its physical port).
• It is a good practice to create a table of cable to port mapping for reference.
• If multiple blades are being replaced, replace one blade at a time.

Use the following steps to remove a port or extension blade from the unit while system power is on. This procedure is applicable for all
the port and extension blades supported on the device.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Check the blade power and status LEDs and port status LEDs on the front of each blade to identify any possible problems.
3. Before replacing a blade, establish a Telnet or console connection to determine a failure and verify operation after replacement.
Use the switchShow and slotShow commands to view the status of the blades.
4. Check for adequate cable slack. Ensure there is plenty of cable slack to remove a blade without cable obstruction.
5. Ensure that the part number on the unit being replaced matches the replacement part number. The chassisShow command
displays information about the blades, including part numbers (xx-xxxxxxx-xx), serial numbers, and additional status.
6. Ensure that traffic is not flowing through the blade (port status LED should be off) prior to disconnecting cables.
7. Disconnect all cables and remove transceivers from the blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 125
Removing a blade

8. If removing an extension blade, perform the following steps:

a) Delete all fciptunnel configurations using the portcfg fciptunnel slot/vePort delete command.
b) Delete all IP Routes defined on the blade to be removed using the portcfg iproute delete command.
c) Delete all IP interfaces (IPIFs) defined on the blade using the portcfg ipif slot/geX delete command.
d) If logical switches are used on the switch, move all blade ports back to the default logical switch. Refer to the lscfg
command in the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for details.

NOTE
If you are removing the extension blade to install in a different slot, you must remove configuration using the preceding
steps, then reconfigure the blade in the new slot. If you move the blade without performing these steps and the blade
faults, you must move the blade to the original slot and remove configuration.

9. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.
Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will
pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage
from slot and the power LED is off.
10. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to
approximately 45 degrees (fully open).
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping
noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5 in.) from the slot
when fully disengaged.
11. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands. Make
sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

126 53-1004105-07
 Installing a blade

12. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do
not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

FIGURE 39 Removing and replacing port or extension blade

13. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required
for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a blade
Complete this procedure to install a port or extension blade. These steps apply to all port and extension blades installed in the device.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors remove the sleeve.

2. Rotate the ejector handles away from center of blade completely - approximately 45 degrees. Do not support the blade using
ejector handles. Orient the blade so that the handles are toward you and the flat metal side is facing left.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 127
Verifying blade operation

3. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.

a) Align the blade in the slot with the flat metal on the left side (blade power and status LEDs are at the top of the slot).
b) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the
backplane connectors.
c) Continue pushing the blade into slot using your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in towards the blade slightly
indicating that the connectors are engaged.
d) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in towards the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in
the slot.

NOTE
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight
popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

4. Tighten the captive for each ejector using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.

As blade seats completely, amber blade status and green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis
connectors.

5. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following:
a) Verify that the status LED on the blade shows amber until POST completes for the blade. The status LED should then
display green to indicate that the blade has power. If the status LED remains amber, the board may not be properly seated
in the backplane or the board may be faulty.
b) Verify that the power LED on the port blade is displaying a steady green light to indicate that the blade has power. If it does
not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly seated and ejector captive screws are tightened.
6. Install the transceivers and cables in the blade.
7. Group and route the cables through the cable management comb.
8. Replace the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Verifying blade operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, refer to one of the following
sections of this guide:.
• Interpreting port blade LEDs on page 85.
• Interpreting extension blade LEDs on page 87.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

128 53-1004105-07
 Verifying blade operation

2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:

• slotshow -p - Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, and Brocade
model name.
• tempShow - Displays temperature reading of blades.
• chassisShow - Displays information about each component in the system.
• sensorShow - Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.
• errDump - Displays the entire system error log.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 129
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
130 53-1004105-07
Core Routing Blades
• Core routing blade overview.......................................................................................................................................................................131
• Precautions specific to the blade............................................................................................................................................................. 135
• Faulty core routing blade indicators........................................................................................................................................................ 136
• Time and items required..............................................................................................................................................................................137
• Replacing a core routing blade..................................................................................................................................................................137
• Verifying blade operation.............................................................................................................................................................................141

Core routing blade overview

Two CR32-8 core routing blades are installed in device slots 7 and 8. Core routing blades contain ASICs that allow switching between up
to eight port blades. Core routing blades connect to port blades through Fibre Channel backplane ports. Each core switch blade provides
192 backplane ports for port blade connections. Each core routing blade also has 64 front-end ports that are mapped to 16 QSFP
transceivers on the blade's front panel. These transceivers can create ICL connections for up to nine separate directors in a full-mesh
topology and 12 directors in a core-to-edge topology. Each transceiver provides four 32 Gbps FC links for a total of 128 Gbps per
connection. This core switch blade is compatible only with the Brocade X6-8.
Core routing blades contain the following LED indicators:
• Green blade power LED
• Amber blade status LED
• Bicolor green/amber QSFP port status LEDs

For details on interpreting LED operation, refer to Interpreting core routing blade LEDs on page 91.

CR32-8 port numbering

The following illustration shows how ports are numbered and port trunking groups are arranged on the blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 131
Core routing blade overview

FIGURE 40 CR32-8 core routing blade port numbering

1. Map showing ports 6, 7, 14, and 15 4. QSFP ports 0-7 (bottom to top)

2. Map showing ports 4, 5, 12, and 13 5. Map showing ports 2, 3, 10, 11

3. QSFP ports 8-15 (bottom to top) 6. Map showing ports 0, 1, 8, 9

QSFP ports are numbered from 0 through 7 on the left side from bottom to top and 8 through 15 on the right side from bottom to top.
For information on supported QSFP transceivers, refer to Supported transceivers and cables on page 69.

Ports belonging to the same trunking groups are indicated with the same color border under the ports. These colors are also applied to
the port map labels on each blade to indicate ports belonging to the same trunking groups.

Each numbered QSFP port on the blade provides four 32 Gbps FC ports to obtain a total link speed of 128 Gbps. The following table
shows the mappings from the numbered QSFP ports on the face of the core blade to the individual FC port numbers.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

132 53-1004105-07
 Core routing blade overview

TABLE 20 External port to slotShow port mapping for core blades

External port number FC port numbers External port number FC port numbers

0 0-3 8 32-35
1 4-7 9 36-39
2 8-11 10 40-43
3 12-15 11 44-47
4 16-19 12 48-51
5 20-23 13 52-55
6 24-27 14 56-59
7 28-31 15 60-63

ICL trunking groups

Multiple directors can be connected through inter-chassis links (ICLs) between 4x32-Gbps QSFPs on core routing blades installed in
these devices. Each QSFP connection between two devices provides 128 Gbps bandwidth. Trunking optimizes the use of ICL
bandwidth by allowing a group of links to merge into a single logical link, called a trunk. Traffic is distributed dynamically and in order over
this trunk, achieving greater performance with fewer links. Within the trunk, multiple physical ports appear as a single port, thus
simplifying management. Trunking also improves system reliability by maintaining in-order delivery of data and avoiding I/O retries if one
link within the trunk fails.

Each QSFP provides four 32 Gbps FC ports. Since each port within a QSFP terminates on a different ASIC within each core blade, an
ICL trunk cannot be formed using the individual FC ports within the same QSFP. A trunk has to be formed from individual FC ports in
different QSFP ports. These QSFP ports must reside in the same trunk group. To form an ICL trunk between two devices, a minimum of
two QSFPs within a port trunk group on a core blade installed in one device must be connected to a pair of QSFPs within a trunk group
on a core blade in another device using ICLs.

Each CR32-8 blade on the Brocade X6-8 Director has four ICL trunking groups consisting of the following QSFP ports.
• 0, 1, 8, and 9
• 2, 3, 10, and 11
• 4, 5, 12, and 13
• 6, 7, 14, and 15
Ports belonging to the same trunking groups are indicated with the same color border under the ports on the blade faceplate. These
colors are also applied to the port map labels on each blade faceplate to indicate ports belonging to the same trunking groups.

For more information on ICLs and configuring ICL trunking between core routing blades on GEN6 and GEN5 Directors, refer to the
"Inter-Chassis Links" in the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.

For more information recommended cabling topologies for ICLs, refer to ICL cabling configurations on page 134.

NOTE
You cannot configure ISLs using ports on port blades and QSFP-based ICLs using ports on core routing blades concurrently
on the same chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 133
Core routing blade overview

ICL cabling configurations

The following figures show acceptable cabling configurations for the inter-chassis link (ICL) feature between QSFP ports in core routing
blades. The recommended topology is the parallel type where at least four QSFP cables connect between both core routing blades on
any two directors. This provides ICL trunking between directors, ensuring redundancy. Parallel connections between core blades are
recommended.

Following are the maximum numbers of directors that you can connect using 4x32-Gbps quad SFP (QSFP) inter-chassis links (ICLs):
• Up to nine X6 (GEN6) directors can be connected in a full-mesh topology.
• Up to six directors are recommended in a full-mesh topology if connecting a mixture of X6 and GEN5 directors.
• Up to 12 directors can be connected in a core-to-edge topology.

FIGURE 41 ICL cable connections for Brocade X6 Director (sample configuration)

1. Chassis 1 - X6-8 2. Chassis 2 - X6-4

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

134 53-1004105-07
 Precautions specific to the blade

To connect multiple X6 Directors via ICLs, a minimum of four ICL ports (two on each core routing blade) must be connected between
each chassis. The dual connections on each core blade must reside within the same trunk group. If more than four ICL connections are
required between a pair of directors, additional ICL connections should be added in pairs (one on each core blade). ICLs and ISLs are not
concurrently supported between a single pair of X6 Directors.

The Brocade X6 Director can be connected in a core-edge configuration. The following figure shows two core and four edge devices.
Although X6-8 Directors are shown in the figure, the device can be either X6-4 or X6-8 Directors. The cabling scheme should follow the
parallel example shown in the previous figure. Each line in the example actually represents four cables running between the devices.

FIGURE 42 Brocade X6 Director core-edge ICL topology

Brocade Brocade X6 and DCX 8510 Directors can also be connected in a full-mesh configuration.

For details on the following subjects, refer to the "Inter-Chassis Links' section of the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide:
• ICL topologies
• ICL trunking
• Configuring ICLs between Brocade X6 Director
• Configuring ICLs between Brocade X6 Director and DCX 8510 Director models

Precautions specific to the blade

This document describes how to remove and replace a core routing blade.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

• The CR32-8 core routing blade is compatible only with the Brocade X6-8 Director.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 135
Faulty core routing blade indicators

• Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge
(ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.
• Install core routing blades only in slots 7-8. These blades cannot be installed in other slots as guide pins and connectors in each
slot allow only specific blade types.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION
If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis
with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION
Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in
their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector
handles.

Faulty core routing blade indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the blade before continuing. The following events may indicate that a core routing blade is faulty:
• The status LED on the core switch blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated.
• The slotShow command does not show that the core switch blade is enabled.
• Any of the following messages display in the errShow output or errShowAll command output for root-capable administrators:
– "Slot unknown" message relating to a core switch slot
– Core switch blade errors or I2C timeouts
– FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for a core switch blade
– FAULTY (xx) with an associated code used by support
– Configuration loader messages or "Sys PCI config" messages
– Generic system driver messages ("FABSYS")
– Platform system driver messages ("Platform")
– EM messages that indicate a problem with a core switch blade
– Function fail messages for the core switch master

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

136 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a core routing blade

Time and items required

The replacement procedure for the core switch blade takes approximately 30 minutes. The following items are required for the core
switch blade replacement:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• Workstation computer
• Replacement blade or filler panel
• #1 Phillips screwdriver
• QSFP transceivers (as needed)
• Optical cables (as needed)

NOTE
For information about the transceivers that are qualified for this Brocade device, refer to the "Installing Transceivers and Cables"
section.

Replacing a core routing blade

Use the following procedures in this section to replace routing blades.
• Preparing for replacement on page 137. Use these procedures to ensure that traffic is not disrupted through existing ICL
connections when you are replacing a core routing blade. If ICLs are not connected to the blade or traffic through ICL ports has
ceased, you can skip these procedures and go to Removing a core routing blade on page 138.
• Removing a core routing blade on page 138. Use these procedures to remove a blade from the chassis.
• Installing a core routing blade on page 139. Use these procedures to install a blade into an empty chassis slot.

NOTE
Perform these procedures to remove and install one core routing blade at a time while chassis power is on. You must replace a
blade and ensure its operation before replacing the other core routing blade. Removing both blades will shut down the chassis.
To replace both blades at the same time, power off the chassis and follow steps under Removing a core routing blade on page
138 and Installing a core routing blade on page 139.

Preparing for replacement

For nondisruptive replacement of a core blade, ensure that the core blade in the system that you are not replacing is active and is allowing
traffic through ICL ports to the same fabrics as ICL ports on the blade being replaced.

Use the following procedures to ensure that traffic will offload from the blade that you are replacing to the other core blade in the system
during replacement. This ensures nondisruptive impact on existing traffic flowing through the blade's ICLs. If ICLs are not connected to
the blade or traffic over blade ICLs has been halted, skip these procedures and go on to Removing a core routing blade on page 138.

1. Ensure that Lossless Dynamic Load Sharing is enabled on each logical switch that resides on each physical switch that has ICL
connections through the core blades. Log into each logical switch using an account with admin permissions, and then enter
dlsShow.
"DLS is set with Lossless enabled" should display if Lossless is enabled.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 137
Replacing a core routing blade

2. To enable Lossless Dynamic Load Sharing, use the following options.

You can enable this feature on individual logical switches or each logical switch configured for the chassis.
• Log in to each logical switch and enter the dlsset --enable -lossless command.
• Enable on all logical switches configured in the chassis using the fosexec --fid all -cmd dlsset command.
3. Disable each ICL port on the core blade that you are replacing using the portdecom [slot/]port command.
This command persistently disables the port without frame loss and moves all traffic flows from the port to redundant paths
between fabrics and ICL ports on the other core routing blade.
4. Confirm that all of the ICL ports are persistently disabled (decommissioned) on the blade by logging into the physical switch and
entering the portcfgpersistentdisable command.
This command displays the status of ports in each chassis slot.
5. Remove and replace the core blade following procedures in Removing a core routing blade on page 138 and Installing a core
routing blade on page 139.

NOTE
After installing the new blade, allow sufficient time for it to initialize and for all decommissioned ports to transition back
online.

Removing a core routing blade

Perform the following procedures to remove one core routing blade at a time with chassis power on. You must replace the blade and
ensure its operation before removing the other core routing blade. Removing both blades will power down the chassis. To replace both
blades at the same time, power down the chassis and perform the following steps.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Check the blade power and status LEDs and port status LEDs on the front of each blade to identify any possible problems.
3. Before replacing a blade, establish a Telnet or console connection to determine a failure and verify operation after replacement.
Use the switchShow and slotShow commands to view the status of the blades.
4. Ensure that existing traffic through blade ICL ports will not be disrupted when the blade is removed by performing steps under
Preparing for replacement on page 137.
5. Check for adequate cable slack. Ensure there is plenty of cable slack to remove a blade without cable obstruction.
6. Ensure that the part number on the unit being replaced matches the replacement part number. The chassisShow command
displays information about the blades, including part numbers (xx-xxxxxxx-xx), serial numbers, and additional status.
7. Disconnect all cables and remove transceivers from the blade.
8. Label and then disconnect cables from the faulty core routing blade.
9. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.
Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will
pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage
from slot and the power LED is off.
10. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to
approximately 45 degrees (fully open).
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping
noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5 in.) from the slot
when fully disengaged.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

138 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a core routing blade

11. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands. Make
sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

12. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do
not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

FIGURE 43 Removing and installing a core routing blade

13. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required
for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a core routing blade

Complete the following steps to install a core routing blade into an empty slot.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 139
Replacing a core routing blade

NOTE
The device continues to operate while a core routing blade is installed.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors remove the sleeve.

2. Rotate the ejector handles away from center of blade completely - approximately 45 degrees. Do not support the blade using
ejector handles. Orient the blade so that the handles are toward you and the flat metal side is facing left.
3. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.
a) Align the blade in the slot with the flat metal on the left side (blade power and status LEDs are at the top of the slot).
b) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the
backplane connectors.
c) Continue pushing with your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in towards the blade slightly indicating that the
connectors are engaged.
d) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in towards the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in
the slot.

NOTE
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight
popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

4. Tighten the captive for each ejector using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.

As blade seats completely, amber blade status and green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis
connectors.

5. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following:
a) Verify that the status LED on the blade shows amber until POST completes for the blade, then turns off. If the status LED
remains amber, the board may not be properly seated in the backplane or the board may be faulty.

NOTE
POST may take several minutes to complete on these blades.

b) Verify that the power LED on the port blade is displaying a steady green light to indicate that the blade has power. If it does
not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly seated and ejector captive screws are tightened.
6. Install the transceivers and cables in the blade.
7. Group and route the cables through the cable management comb.
8. Allow sufficient time for blade to initialize and for all ports to transition online.
9. Reinstall the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

140 53-1004105-07
 Verifying blade operation

Verifying blade operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of new blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, refer to Interpreting core
routing blade LEDs on page 91.
Enter the slotShow command and note any error conditions:
2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:
• slotShow - Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model
name, and power usage.
• tempShow - Displays temperature reading of blades.
• sensorShow - Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.
• chassisShow - Displays information about each component in the system.
• errDump - Displays the entire system error log.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 141
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
142 53-1004105-07
Control Processor Blades
• Control processor blade overview........................................................................................................................................................... 143
• Precautions specific to the blade............................................................................................................................................................. 144
• Blade fault indicators.....................................................................................................................................................................................145
• Blade replacement task guide...................................................................................................................................................................146
• Time and items required for replacement............................................................................................................................................ 147
• Preparing for replacement.......................................................................................................................................................................... 147
• Replacing a CP blade....................................................................................................................................................................................148
• Verifying blade operation.............................................................................................................................................................................158

Control processor blade overview

The CPX6 control processor blades are half the slot height of other Brocade X6-8 Director blades. Two CPX6 control processor blades
are stacked vertically in the half slots on the left side of the chassis to provide CP redundancy. CP0 is installed in slot 1, while CP1 is
installed in slot 2.

The control processor (CP) blade contains the control plane for the device and hosts the Fabric OS that manages all hardware within the
device. It also provides the following external connections for device configuration, firmware downloads, service, management, and
monitoring functions.
• USB port for firmware download and supportsave data.
• Serial console RJ45 port.
• 10/100/1000Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port for device management and configuration. This is an auto-sensing MDI port.

NOTE
Half duplex operation is not supported at 10 or 100 Mbps speed.

• 10/100/1000Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port for service. This is an auto-sensing MDI port.
• 10 Gbps Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port (reserved for future use).

The two 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports are bound together as a single logical network interface. One port is selected as the active
interface, while the other is select as the standby interface. All traffic is transmitted over the active port while no traffic is transmitted over
the standby interface. If the primary Ethernet port fails (due to something other than power loss), the standby port becomes active and
immediately takes over data transmission to retain link layer communication.

NOTE
Connecting the CP blades to a private network or VLAN is recommended.

The blade contains a blue LED to indicate active CP status, green LEDs on Ethernet ports to indicate link and activity, and green and
amber LEDs to indicate blade power and status.

A bright, white beacon LED is located just beneath the blade power and status LEDs. You can enable this LED to illuminate on both CP
blades so that you can easily locate the blades and chassis in an equipment rack. To enable or disable beaconing on both blades, log into
the chassis and enter the chassisbeacon command as follows:
• To enable beaconing:

chassisX6:admin> chassisbeacon 1
chassisBeacon success 1

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 143
Precautions specific to the blade

• To disable beaconing:

chassisX6:admin> chassisbeacon 0
chassisBeacon success 0

• To display beaconing status:

NOTE
Value in the following example shows 0 when beaconing is off and 1 if beaconing is
on.

chassisX6:admin> chassisbeacon
Value = 0

For details on LED location and operation, refer to Interpreting control processor blade LEDs on page 90.

CPX6 port identification

The following illustration identifies connector ports on the CPX6 blade.

FIGURE 44 CPX6 blade port identification

1. 10 Gbps Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port (reserved for future use) 4. 10/100/1000Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port for chassis management and
configuration
2. USB port for firmware download and logs
5. 10/100/1000Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port for service
3. Serial console RJ45 port

Precautions specific to the blade

This document describes how to remove and replace a control processor (CP) blade. Each device has two CPX6 blades located in slots 1
and 2.

Observe the following precautions when replacing these blades:

• The CPX6 blade is compatible only with the Brocade X6 Director.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

144 53-1004105-07
 Blade fault indicators

• Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing blades and cards. Follow electrostatic discharge
(ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench ground.
• Install CPX6 blades in slots 1 and 2, which are half the height of other slots in the device.
• The firmware upgrade policy for CP blades specifies testing for the current Fabric OS release and one version earlier. It is
possible to upgrade by more than one version, but it is a very specific and detailed process. Read the directions under
Downloading firmware from USB device on page 153 and Downloading firmware from FTP server on page 152 carefully.
• If the new CP blade does not have the same firmware as the active CP blade, the new blade must be upgraded to the same
firmware version. After installing the new blade, you can determine the firmware version on the replacement blade and use the
firmwaresync command to allow the active CP blade to copy current firmware to the replaced standby CP blade, if necessary.
However, you must disable high availability (HA) before inserting the new blade.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION
If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis
with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

CAUTION
Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in
their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector
handles.

Blade fault indicators

Confirm that you need to replace the CP blade. The following events may indicate that a CP blade is faulty:
• The status LED on the CP blade is lit steady amber, or the power LED is not illuminated. Refer to Interpreting control processor
blade LEDs on page 90 for details on interpreting LED operation.
• The CP blade does not respond to Telnet commands, or the serial console is not available.
• The haShow command indicates an error.
• The clock is inaccurate, or the CP blade does not boot up or shut down normally.
• Any of the following messages display in the error log:
– "Slot unknown" message relating to a CP slot
– CP blade errors or I2C timeouts
– FRU: FRU_FAULTY messages for a CP blade
– Configuration loader messages or "Sys PCI config" messages
– Generic system driver messages ("FABSYS")
– Platform system driver messages ("Platform")
– EM messages that indicate a problem with a CP blade
– Function fail messages for the CP master

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 145
Blade replacement task guide

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Blade replacement task guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing CP blades when the device is
running (hot swap) or must be powered off (cold swap). References are provided to the more detailed blade removal and installation steps
for further information.

Replacing CP blade (hot-swap)

For hot-swap replacement, the chassis continues to operate while a CP blade is being replaced if the redundant CP blade is active and a
failover does not occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable command. You can replace one blade or both blades one at a
time using these steps. Follow all steps for one blade, and then repeat the same steps to replace the other blade.

1. Prepare for replacing the blade by following all steps under Preparing for replacement on page 147.

2. Remove the blade from the slot by following all steps under Removing a blade on page 148.
3. Install a new blade into the empty slot by following all steps under Installing a blade on page 150.

4. Verify and synchronize firmware on both blades by following all steps under Verifying and synchronizing firmware on blades on
page 151.

If you need to download firmware to update the blades, follow steps in one of the following sections:
• Downloading firmware from FTP server on page 152
• Downloading firmware from USB device on page 153

5. Verify firmware installation by following all steps under Completing the replacement on page 158.

6. Verify operation of replacement blade by following steps under Verifying blade operation on page 158.

7. Repeat preceding steps to replace the other CP blade if necessary.

Replacing a CP blade (cold-swap)

Use this procedure to replace CP blades after removing power to the device.

1. Prepare for replacing the blade by following all steps under Preparing for replacement on page 147.

2. Remove blade(s) following all steps under Removing a blade on page 155.

3. Install blade(s) following all steps under Installing a blade on page 156.

4. Verify firmware installation by following all steps under Completing the replacement on page 158.
5. Verify operation of replacement blade by following steps under Verifying blade operation on page 158.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

146 53-1004105-07
 Preparing for replacement

Time and items required for replacement

The replacement procedure for the CP blade takes approximately 30 minutes. The following items are required for the CP blade
replacement:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• Workstation computer
• Serial cable
• IP address of an FTP server for backing up the device configuration
• #1 Phillips screwdriver
• Replacement CP blade

Preparing for replacement

Use the following steps to prepare the system for CP blade replacement by backing up the device configuration, connecting to the device
with a serial connection, determining the active CP blade, failing over the blade to replace, determining the firmware version on the active
blade, and uploading configuration data to the active blade.

1. Back up the device configuration before you replace a CP blade by uploading various device configuration files using a Telnet
connection and saving them to a host computer. Before you upload a configuration file, verify that you can reach the FTP server
from the device.
Perform the following steps:
a) Enter the configupload -all command, specifying a file name for saving configuration data.
This saves all system configuration data including chassis and switch configuration for all logical switches to the file name
specified. For more information, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.
b) Enter the configupload -vf command, specifying a file name, when prompted, for saving configuration data.
This saves the backbone virtual fabric data to the file name specified. For more information, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS
Command Reference.
c) In a FICON environment, log in as root and enter configupload --map to upload port-to-area mapping information.
Specify a folder name, when prompted.
This command saves the port-to-area addressing mode configuration files to the folder specified. Be sure to upload the
configuration using the -map option for a FICON-enabled device if port-bound addressing is used. For more information,
refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.
2. Connect to the device and log in as admin, using a serial console connection.
3. Enter haShow to determine which CP blade is active.

Chassis_1:admin> haShow
Local CP (Slot 1, CP1) : Active
Remote CP (Slot 2, CP0) : Standby, Healthy
HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized

4. Enter all remaining commands from the serial console for the active CP blade, unless otherwise indicated. For more information
about commands, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 147
Replacing a CP blade

5. If the active CP blade is faulted, automatic fail over to the standby CP blade should have occurred. Perform the following steps:
a) Confirm that the standby CP blade is active using the haShow command.
b) Power off the faulted CP blade by loosening the captive screws on both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips
screwdriver. This disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screwswill pop out from the slot .63 cm (.
25 in.) when fully disengaged.
c) Log into the now active CP blade.
d) Skip to step 8.

If automatic fail over has not occurred, manually fail over the faulty blade by loosening the captive screws on both ejector
handles. As the screws loosen, the blade fails over and the amber status LED will illuminate. Log into the standby CP blade, and
skip to step 8.
6. If both CP blades are healthy and you want to replace the standby CP blade, log in to the active CP blade and skip to step 8.
7. If both CP blades are healthy and you want to replace the active CP blade, log in to the active CP blade and run the following
steps:
a) Run the haFailover command to make the standby CP blade the active blade. The currently active CP blade becomes the
standby blade. Wait until the status LED on the currently active CP blade is no longer illuminated.
b) Confirm the completion of the failover by running the haShow command.
c) Log in to the new active CP blade.
8. Run firmwareShow to note the firmware version of the active CP blade.

The firmwareshow command will display a warning message if the firmware versions on the two CP blades are not the same.

WARNING: The local CP and remote CP have different versions

of firmware, please retry firmwaredownload command.
Chassis_1:root>

9. Run haDisable from the active CP blade to prevent failover or communication between the CP blades during the replacement.

Replacing a CP blade
Use the following procedures in this section to replace CPX6 blades:
• Hot swap procedure. Use this procedure to replace a single CP blade or both CP blades, one at a time, while the device power is
on. The device continues to operate while replacing a blade if the redundant blade is active and failover does not occur.
• Cold swap procedure. Use this procedure to replace CP blades after removing power to the device.

Hot-swap procedure
Use this procedure to replace CP blades, one at a time, while the device power is on. The device continues to operate while replacing a
blade if the redundant blade is active and failover does not occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable command.

To replace both CP blades with power off, refer to the cold-swap replacement procedures.

Removing a blade
Complete the following steps to remove a CP blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

148 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a CP blade

NOTE
The chassis continues to operate while a CP blade is being replaced if the redundant CP blade is active and a failover does not
occur. You can prevent failover by entering the haDisable command.

1. Remove the chassis door.

2. Log in to the active CP as the admin user. You can use a serial cable or Telnet, Web Tools, or Fabric Manager. Determine which
CP is active using the haShow command or view the active LED on the front of the CP.
3. Perform one of the following steps to ensure that the faulty blade is the standby blade.
• If the faulty blade is the standby CP blade, skip to step 4.
• If the faulty blade is the active CP blade, issue the haFailover command. Wait until the failover has completed. Use the
haShow command to verify the CPs are synchronized and the failover is complete.

Depending on the nature of the failure, it is possible that the haFailover command may not work. Proceed to the next step
anyway.
4. Enter the haDisable command. This is required before physically removing and replacing a CP blade.
5. Disconnect all cables from the faulty (standby) CP blade.
6. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.
Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will
pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage
from slot and the power LED is off.
7. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to
approximately 45 degrees (fully open).
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping
noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5 in.) from the slot
when fully disengaged.
8. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands. Make
sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 149
Replacing a CP blade

9. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do
not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

FIGURE 45 Removal and replacement of the control processor blade (CPX6)

10. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required
for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a blade
NOTE
Read all of the instructions for replacing the CP blade before beginning the procedure. Make sure that the same version of
Fabric OS is installed on both CP blades. Using different versions is not supported and may cause malfunctioning. If the
replacement CP blade has a different version of Fabric OS, bring both blades to the same firmware version. Once you have
installed the replacement CP blade, determine the version of firmware on the replacement CP blade and upgrade it if
necessary.

Complete the following steps to install a CP blade.

1. If a protective sleeve is covering the blade connectors remove the sleeve.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

150 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a CP blade

2. Rotate the ejector handles away from center of blade completely - approximately 45 degrees. Do not support the blade using
ejector handles. Orient the blade so that the handles are toward you and the flat metal side is facing left.
3. Follow these steps to insert the blade into the slot.
a) Align the blade in the slot with the flat metal on the left side (blade power and status LEDs are at the top of the slot).
b) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the
backplane connectors.
c) Continue pushing with your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in towards the blade slightly indicating that the
connectors are engaged.
d) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in towards the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in
the slot.

NOTE
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight
popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

4. Tighten the captive screw for each ejector using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.
As blade seats completely, amber blade status and green blade power LEDs illuminate.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis
connectors.

5. Observe the blade power and status LEDs and verify the following:
a) The amber status LED on the blade illuminates until POST completes for the blade. The LED remains amber until the
blade has gained sync with the active CP. This can take a few minutes to complete depending on the configuration. If the
status LED remains amber for an extended period, the board may not be properly seated in the backplane or the board
may be faulty.
b) The power LED on the port blade should displays a steady green. If it does not turn on, ensure that the blade is firmly
seated and blade ejector screws are tightened.
6. Connect the cables to the new CP blade.
7. Remain logged in to the active CP and continue to Verifying and synchronizing firmware on blades on page 151.

Verifying and synchronizing firmware on blades

At this point, the active blade is up and running. The replacement blade is the standby blade. To verify that boot and POST are complete
on a newly installed CP blade, that the CP blade has achieved failover redundancy, and that firmware levels are synchronized on the
installed blades, perform the following steps.

1. Enter slotShow. The command output shows the new CP blade as "enabled."

If the standby CP is unresponsive, you can try unplugging the new CP blade, running haDisable on the active CP blade, and
plugging the new CP blade back in. At that point, you can repeat step 1 to begin the verification process again.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 151
Replacing a CP blade

2. Log into each CP blade and enter the haShow command to display the CP status. Verify the CP state, status, health, and that
the HA state is synchronized. Remedy any issues before proceeding. For more information on haShow output, refer to the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.
3. Determine the firmware version of installed CP blades by entering firmwareShow. If the serial console on the replacement CP
blade is connected, issue the firmwareShow command there. More information is available through the console.
4. If the firmware versions for both CP blades are the same, skip to Completing the replacement on page 158.

If the firmware version on the replacement (standby) blade does not match that on the active CP blade, a warning message
appears with the results of the firmwareshow command.

WARNING: The local CP and remote CP have different versions

of firmware, please

5. Bring the replacement blade firmware to the same firmware level as the active blade using one of the following procedures:
• Run the firmwaresync command on the active CP blade to copy all firmware from the active CP blade to the standby CP
blade.

NOTE
Using this command requires that existing telnet, secure telnet, or SSH sessions to the standby CP blade to be
restarted.

• Run the firmwareDownload -s command or firmwaresync command (if versions are compatible) to update firmware on
the replacement blade to bring it up to the proper level.
6. Perform one of the following tasks to download firmware:
• If you are using an FTP server to download the firmware, skip to the procedure for downloading firmware from an FTP
server.
• If you are using a USB device to download the firmware, skip to the procedure for downloading firmware from a USB
device. If the firmware on the standby CP blade is more than one level down from the level on the active CP blade, you
must have formatted USB devices for each of the versions you will need to upgrade.
For details on supported upgrade paths and steps to upgrade through multiple versions of Fabric OS, refer to the Fabric OS
Release Notes, and the Brocade Fabric OS Upgrade Guide.

Downloading firmware from FTP server

For this task, determine the correct sequence of upgrading firmware versions to reach your target version.

Complete the following steps to download the firmware from an FTP server to the replacement blade.

1. Log in to the standby CP blade as admin. If you need to know the IP address of the standby blade, run ipaddrshow.

You should remain logged in to the active CP blade in order to monitor it.
2. Run firmwareDownload -s to download the firmware to the replacement (standby) CP blade. The -s option also disables the
autoreboot, so you will have to manually issue a reboot after the download finishes to initiate firmwarecommit. Enter all
requested information (use default values).
3. When the download process finishes, run firmwareDownloadStatus to verify that the firmware has been updated. The
command displays a running account of the progress of the firmwareDownload command (if it is still running) until the
command has completed. The final message is similar to the following and will appear with a date and time stamp.

Slot 1 (CP0, active): Firmwaredownload command has completed successfully. Use firmwareshow to
verify the firmware versions.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

152 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a CP blade

4. On the standby CP blade (the blade for which you just changed the firmware level), run reboot. The reboot of the standby CP
will initiate a firmwarecommit to the secondary partition and log you out.

Chassis_1:admin> reboot
Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Fri Jun 17 14:49:45 2016...
The system is going down for reboot NOW !!
INIT: Switching to runlevel: 6
INIT: Sending processes the TERM signal Chassis_1:admin> HAMu Heartbeat down, stop FSS
Unmounting all f##exiting due to signal: 9, pending signals: 0x20000, 0x0
ilesystems.
Please stand by while rebooting the system...
Restarting system.
The system is coming up, please wait...
.
.
.
Fri Jun 17 14:53:13 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
Fri Jun 17 14:55:27 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.
Validating the filesystem ...
Fri Jun 17 22:36:05 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
Fri Jun 17 22:36:48 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.
2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1004], 908, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwarecommit has
completed.
2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1036], 909, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, The new Version: Fabric
OS [version]
2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1002], 910, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwaredownload command
has completed successfully.

5. Log back in to the standby CP blade and run firmwareDownloadStatus on the standby CP blade to validate a successful
commit. This may take 10 minutes.
6. If you are upgrading through several levels of the Fabric OS, repeat step 2 through step 5 as often as necessary based on the
path outlined in the preceding table. Otherwise, proceed to step 7.
7. Log out of the standby CP blade and log in to the active CP blade.
8. Proceed to the procedures for verifying operation of the new CP blade.

Downloading firmware from USB device

For this task, determine the correct sequence of upgrading firmware versions to reach your target version.

This section assumes that the new firmware has already been copied onto the USB device. The folder structure on the USB device must
be as follows in order to allow the device to be enabled:
• brocade>
– config
– firmware (Contains the specific release you are installing)
– firmwareKey
– support
Complete the following steps to download the firmware from a USB device to the replacement blade.
1. Insert the USB device into the active CP blade.
2. Attach a serial cable from the PC to the active CP blade.
3. Log in to the active CP blade as admin if you are not still logged in and enter usbStorage -e to enable the USB device.
4. Remove the serial cable from the active CP blade and attach it to the standby CP blade and log in as admin.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 153
Replacing a CP blade

5. Run firmwareDownload -s to download the firmware to the standby CP blade. Enter all requested information. The -s option
disables the autoreboot, so you will have to manually issue a reboot after the download finishes to initiate firmwarecommit. Use
all default values, except use USB [Y] so that USB will be used for downloading.
6. When the download process finishes, run firmwareDownloadStatus to verify that the firmware has been updated. The
command displays a running account of the progress of the firmwareDownload command until the command has completed.
The final message is similar to the following and will appear with a date and time stamp.

Slot 1 (CP0, active): Firmwaredownload command has completed successfully. Use firmwareshow to
verify the firmware versions.

7. Ensure that you are still logged in to the standby CP blade (the blade for which you just changed the firmware level) and type
reboot. The reboot of the standby CP will initiate a firmwarecommit to the secondary partition and log you out.

Chassis_1: admin> reboot

Broadcast message from root (ttyS0) Fri Jun 17 14:49:45 2016...
The system is going down for reboot NOW !!
INIT: Switching to runlevel: 6
INIT: Sending processes the TERM signal Chassis_1:admin> HAMu Heartbeat down, stop FSS
Unmounting all ##exiting due to signal: 9, pending signals: 0x20000, 0x0
ilesystems.
Please stand by while rebooting the system...
Restarting system.
The system is coming up, please wait...
.
.
.
Fri Jun 17 14:53:13 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
Fri Jun 17 14:55:27 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.
Validating the filesystem ...
Fri Jun 17 22:36:05 2016: Doing firmwarecommit now.
Please wait ...
Fri Jun 17 22:36:48 2016: Firmware commit completes successfully.
2016/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1004], 908, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwarecommit has
completed.
2010/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1036], 909, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, The new Version: Fabric
OS [version]
2010/06/17-14:56:50, [SULB-1002], 910, SLOT 2 | CHASSIS, INFO, Brocade_X6, Firmwaredownload command
has completed successfully.

NOTE
The time stamp on the co-CPU may not be in sync with the main CPU on the blade. This is not a cause for concern.

8. Log back in to the standby CP blade and enter firmwareDownloadStatus on the standby CP blade to validate a successful
commit. This may take 10 minutes.
9. If you are upgrading through several levels of the Fabric OS, repeat step 5 through step 8 as often as necessary based on the
path outlined in the preceding table. Otherwise, proceed to step 10.
10. Log out of the standby CP blade and log in to the active CP blade.
11. Proceed to the procedures to "Completing the replacement."

Cold-swap procedure
Use this procedure to replace both CP blades while the device power is off. You must power off the device to replace both CP blades. To
replace a single blade, refer to the hots-swap replacement procedures.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

154 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a CP blade

Removing a blade
Use the following procedure to power down the device and remove CP blades. You can replace a single CP blade or both blades one at a
time using the hot-swap procedure.

1. Be sure to perform all steps under Preparing for replacement on page 147.
2. Power down the device.
3. Remove the chassis door.
4. Disconnect all cables from the CP blades.
5. Loosen the captive screws for both ejector handles on the blade using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.
Loosening the screws initiates a hot-swap request and disconnects power from the blade. The spring-loaded captive screws will
pop out from the slot .63 cm (.25 in.) when fully disengaged. Do not eject the blade using blade handles until screws disengage
from slot and the power LED is off.
6. Grasp both ejector handles and simultaneously pull them away from the center of the blade using equal pressure to
approximately 45 degrees (fully open).
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors disengaging from the backplane connector and possibly a slight popping
noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane. The blade will move out approximately 1.27 cm (.5 in.) from the slot
when fully disengaged.
7. Pull the blade out from the slot slightly using the ejector handles until you can grasp the blade edges with your hands. Make
sure that the blade has cooled sufficiently to touch.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 155
Replacing a CP blade

8. Continue pulling the blade from the slot by the blade edges. As you slide out the blade, place one hand under it for support. Do
not support the blade by the injector handles after removal.

FIGURE 46 Removal and replacement of the control processor blade (CPX6)

9. If the blade is not being replaced by another blade, install a filler panel and reinstall the chassis door. The filler panel is required
for proper chassis cooling. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.

Installing a blade
Use the following steps to install both CP blades when the device power is off (cold-swap procedure).
1. Rotate the ejector handles away from center of blade completely - approximately 45 degrees. Do not support the blade using
ejector handles. Orient the blade so that the handles are toward you and the flat metal side is facing left.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

156 53-1004105-07
 Replacing a CP blade

2. Follow these steps to insert each blade into the slot.

a) Align the blade in the slot with the flat metal on the left side (blade power and status LEDs are at the top of the slot).
b) Carefully push the blade into the slot using your thumbs or fingers on the blade faceplate.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the
ejector handles.

When the blade face is about 2.54 cm (1 in.) from the chassis, you should feel resistance as the blade connectors meet the
backplane connectors.
c) Continue pushing with your thumbs or fingers until the ejectors move in towards the blade slightly, indicating that the
connectors are engaged.
d) Simultaneously push both ejector handles in towards the blade center with even pressure until the blade completely seats in
the slot.

NOTE
As you move the handles, you will hear connectors engaging the backplane connector and possibly a slight
popping noise. This is normal and is due to the dense backplane.

3. Tighten the captive for each ejector using a #1 Phillips screwdriver.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis
connectors.

4. Power up the device.

5. Connect the cables to the new CP blades.
6. Enter chassisDisable.
7. Enter configDownload -vf to download device virtual fabric data to the local system.
The device reboots and partitions are restored.
8. Enter chassisDisable.
9. Enter configDownload -map to download port-to-area addressing mode configuration files to the local system.
10. Power-cycle the chassis.
The system recovers.
11. Enter chassisDisable.
12. Enter configDownload -all to download system configuration data, including chassis and switch configuration for all logical
switches, to the local system.
All the licenses, configurations, and FCIP tunnels are restored.
13. Enter reboot.
The device becomes fully functional with the new CP blades.
14. Verify that each blade's power LED is green. If not, ensure that the CP blade has power and is firmly seated and that the ejectors
are in the locked position.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 157
Verifying blade operation

Completing the replacement

Complete the following steps to complete the CP blade replacement procedure.

1. Enter haEnable to re-enable HA on the active CP blade.

NOTE
The haEnable command will cause the standby CP blade to reboot. Wait until POST completes before moving to the
next step. POST is complete when the status LED on the CP blade returns to a steady green state.

2. Enter haShow and verify that the command output includes "HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up". If it is not yet enabled, re-enter the
command until you have verified that redundancy is achieved.

NOTE
The haEnable command will cause the standby CP blade to reboot.

Chassis_1:admin> hashow
Local CP (Slot 2, CP1) : Active
Remote CP (Slot 1, CP0) : Standby, Healthy
HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized

3. Enter firmwareShow to verify that the firmware version has been updated and that the versions are the same on the two CP
blades.

X6chassis:admin> firmwareshow -v
Slot Name Appl Primary/Secondary Versions Status
-----------------------------------------------------------

1 CP0 FOS v8.0.1 STANDBY

v8.0.1
2 CP1 FOS v8.0.1 ACTIVE *
v8.0.1
5 SX6 FOS v8.0.1
v8.0.1
6 SX6 FOS v8.0.1
v8.0.1
11 SX6 FOS v8.0.1
v8.0.1
12 SX6 FOS v8.0.1
v8.0.1

If you have one or more port or extension blades in the device, the Fabric OS automatically detects mismatches between the
active CP firmware and the blade's firmware and triggers the auto-leveling process. This auto-leveling process automatically
updates the application blade firmware to match the active CP blade. At the end of the auto-leveling process, the active CP and
extension blades will run the same version of the firmware.
4. Enter the chassisEnable command to enable all user ports in the chassis and enable a virtual, fabric-aware chassis.
5. Replace the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance.
6. Pack the faulty CP blade in the packaging provided with the new CP blade, and contact the switch supplier to determine the
return procedure.

Verifying blade operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of new blade:

1. Check the LED indicators on the blade's front panel. For information on interpreting LED patterns, refer to Interpreting control
processor blade LEDs on page 90.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

158 53-1004105-07
 Verifying blade operation

2. Enter the following commands and note any error conditions:

• slotShow - Displays the current data on each slot in the system, including blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model
name, and power usage.
• haShow - Displays control processor (CP) status.
• tempShow - Displays temperature reading of blades.
• sensorShow - Displays temperature reading of blades with fan and power supply status.
• errDump - Displays the entire system error log.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 159
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
160 53-1004105-07
WWN Cards
• WWN card overview...................................................................................................................................................................................... 161
• Precautions specific to WWN cards........................................................................................................................................................162
• WWN card fault indicators.......................................................................................................................................................................... 163
• WWN card replacement task guide........................................................................................................................................................ 164
• Time and items required for replacement............................................................................................................................................ 164
• Using the wwnrecover utility.......................................................................................................................................................................165
• Preparing for WWN card replacement...................................................................................................................................................165
• Hot-swap replacement.................................................................................................................................................................................167
• Cold-swap replacement...............................................................................................................................................................................168
• Removing the WWN card and bezel...................................................................................................................................................... 170
• Configuring airflow direction on WWN cards......................................................................................................................................171
• Verifying WWN card operation................................................................................................................................................................. 172

WWN card overview

Two WWN cards are located behind the WWN bezel (logo plate) between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. WWN 1
is located on the left side and WWN is located on the right side. The WWN cards store critical configuration data, such as WWN, IP
addresses, part and serial numbers, and license IDs for the device.

Identical data must be maintained on each WWN card at all times so that if one card fails, the system can use the other card to provide
valid system operation. To maintain data and ensure its integrity, the system audits both WWN cards one hour after the first system boot-
up, every 24 hours after boot-up, and any time a WWN card is inserted to compare the critical data.

If a data mismatch is detected during the audit, messages in the RASlog will provide a summary of all errors detected and prompt you
through a data recovery process. The wwnrecover utility permits a recovery of WWN card data in the event of corruption. The data
recovery mechanism may vary depending on the error encountered and the data being compared. Problems such as a mismatch
between license IDs cannot be fixed with wwnrecover, and the output will direct you to call Brocade Technical Support. For other
problems, running wwnrecover can pinpoint the problem and, in some cases, permit you to fix it. Mismatched data can be resolved, and
corrupt data can sometimes be recovered. For more information on the wwnrecover utility, refer to Using the wwnrecover utility on page
165.

NOTE
The device will operate with one WWN card, but will be in degraded condition. If you have removed a card, be sure to replace as
soon as possible.

WWN card location and numbering

WWN card are located behind the WWN bezel (logo bezel) on the nonport side of the device between the power supplies. The bezel
must be removed to access the card trays. The following figure illustrates WWN card location and numbering.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 161
Precautions specific to WWN cards

FIGURE 47 WWN card location and numbering

1. WWN card 1 3. WWN card bezel

2. WWN card 2

Precautions specific to WWN cards

Observe the following precautions for these cards:
• Wear an appropriately grounded ESD wrist strap when handling and installing device blades and cards. Follow electrostatic
discharge (ESD) precautions. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground (if the chassis is plugged in) or a bench
ground.
• The device will operate with one WWN card, but will be in degraded condition. If you have removed a card, be sure to replace as
soon as possible.

NOTE
Do not use steps in the WWN card and WWN card bezel removal procedures to disable logical switches and power down the
device.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

CAUTION
Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in
their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

162 53-1004105-07
 WWN card fault indicators

WWN card fault indicators

Before replacing a WWN card, verify that the replacement is necessary. Any of the following events can indicate that cards require
replacement:
• RASlog messages may occur during periodic WWN card audit routines alerting you of data or license mismatches between
WWN cards and other errors. Some of these messages may direct you to contact technical support or to run the wwnrecover
command. You can use this command to further verify or to fix problems. If an EM-1220 or EM-1222 error message occurs
due to WWN card data corruption or data mis-matches across WWN cards, data recovery may be possible using this
command. For more information on using wwnrecover, refer to Using the wwnrecover utility on page 165. If recovery is not
possible, command output will direct you to replace the affected card(s).
• Status LEDs on the WWN bezel do not reflect the actual status of the WWN cards or indicate a problem. For information on
interpreting LED patterns, refer to Interpreting WWN card LEDs on page 93. Note that the LED patterns may temporarily
change during POST and other diagnostic tests.
• Problems viewing or modifying the data stored on the WWN card.
• Error messages regarding WWN units in chassisshow output.

Error messages that may indicate problems with a WWN card are summarized in the following table.

TABLE 21 Messages that may indicate WWN card failure

Type of message Sample error message

WWN unit fails its field-replaceable unit

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname, error
(FRU) header access. EM-I2C_TIMEOUT, 2, WWN 1 I2C
timed out: state 0x4

WWN unit fails to power on.

<timestamp>, [EM-1004],
<sequence-number>, CRITICAL,
<system-name>, WWN # failed to power
onor<timestamp>, [EM-1043],
<sequence-number>, WARNING,
<system-name>, Can't power <FRU Id>
<state (on or off)>.

WWN unit is being faulted.

0x24c (fabos): Switch: switchname
, Critical EM-WWN_UNKNOWN, 1, Unknown
WWN #2 is being faultedor<timestamp>,
[EM-1003], 40, SLOT 7 | FFDC | CHASSIS,
CRITICAL, Brocade_Chassis, WWN 2 has unknown
hardware identifier: FRU faultedor<timestamp>,
[EM-1034], <sequence-number>, ERROR,
<system-name>, WWN # set to faulty,
rc=<return code>

WWN unit is not present or is not accessible.

0x24c (fabos): Switch:
switchname, Error EM-WWN_ABSENT, 2,
WWN #1 not presentor<timestamp>,
[EM-1036], <sequence-number>, WARNING,
<system-name>, <FRU Id> is not
accessible.

Writing to the FRU history log

0x24c (fabos): Switch:
(hilSetFruHistory) has failed. switchname, Error EM-HIL_FAIL, 2,
HIL Error: hilSetFruHistory failed,
rc=-3 for SLOT 3

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 163
WWN card replacement task guide

WWN card replacement task guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing WWN careds when the device is
running (hot swap) or must be powered off (cold swap). References are provided to the more detailed WWN removal and installation
steps for further information.

Replacing WWN cards (hot-swap)

Use this procedure to replace WWN cards with system power on. You can use this procedure to replace one WWN card assembly at a
time while power is on. To replace both cards, follow all steps for one card, and then repeat the same steps to replace the other card
assembly.

1. Save settings and system data and order replacement WWN card(s) by following all steps under Preparing for WWN card
replacement on page 165.

2. Replace a card by following all steps under Hot-swap replacement on page 167. Repeat these steps to replace the second
WWN card if necessary.

3. If RASlog messages indicate a mismatch between fan and system airflow direction, follow steps under Configuring airflow
direction on WWN cards on page 171
4. Verify WWN card operation using steps under Verifying WWN card operation on page 172.

Replacing WWN cards (cold-swap)

Use this procedure to replace WWN cards with system power off. You can use this procedure to replace one or both WWN cards.

1. Save settings and system data and order replacement WWN card(s) by following all steps under Preparing for WWN card
replacement on page 165.

2. Replace card(s) by following all steps under Cold-swap replacement on page 168.

3. If RASlog messages indicate a mismatch between fan and system airflow direction, follow steps under Configuring airflow
direction on WWN cards on page 171

4. Verify WWN card operation using steps under Verifying WWN card operation on page 172.

Time and items required for replacement

If there is a need to replace one or both WWN cards, allow approximately 20 minutes. Refer to Using the wwnrecover utility on page
165 and WWN card fault indicators on page 163 before replacement.

The following items are needed to replace the WWN cards:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• #1 Phillips screwdriver
• Workstation computer

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

164 53-1004105-07
 Preparing for WWN card replacement

Using the wwnrecover utility

The wwnrecover utility permits a recovery of WWN card data in the event of corruption. Recovery is not possible if hardware issues
prevent access to either WWN card or if the primary and backup copy of the license ID on either card is corrupted.

Identical data must be maintained on each WWN card at all times so that if one card fails, the system can use the other card to provide
valid system operation. To maintain data and ensure its integrity, the system audits both WWN cards one hour after the first system boot-
up, every 24 hours after boot-up, and any time a WWN card is inserted to compare the critical data.

If a data mismatch is detected during the audit, messages in the RASlog will provide a summary of all errors detected and prompt you
through a data recovery process. The data recovery mechanism may vary depending on the error encountered and the data being
compared. Problems such as a mismatch between license IDs cannot be fixed with wwnrecover, and the output will direct you to call
Brocade Technical Support. For other problems, running wwnrecover can pinpoint the problem and, in some cases, permit you to fix it.
Mismatched data can be resolved, and corrupt data can sometimes be recovered.

The following table lists RASlog messages that can occur during the WWN card audit routine.

TABLE 22 RASlog messages from WWN card audit

Error message Issue

[EM-1220]...M1, ERROR ... A problem was found on one or both CID Some kind of error or mismatch has been detected in the WWN card
cards (x), please run the wwnrecover tool to get more information and audit.
recovery options.
[EM-1221], ... M1, INFO, ... A WWN card has been inserted, a WWN A second WWN card is enabled and the WWN card audit will be run. If an
verification audit will be run to detect any mismatches or other problems. error is detected during the audit, EM-1220 and EM-1222 messages are
generated.
[HIL-1650], CHASSIS, ERROR...Unable to detect WWN card in chassis. WWN card has been removed from the device. Replace as soon as
Access to WWN halted... possible since system is in degraded state.
[EM-1222], ... M1, WARNING, ... A WWN card access problem has been An error is detected during normal access to the WWN cards; typically,
encountered, please run the wwnrecover tool to get more information and one of the cards is corrupted or inaccessible.
recovery options.
Recovery is not possible. Please contact Brocade Technical Support for The license ID on the two WWN cards do not match.
replacement of the corrupted or inaccessible WWN(s).

The wwnrecover utility must be used to maintain data integrity when replacing one or both WWN cards using instructions in the WWN
card removal and replacement section. To run wwnrecover, log in as admin and enter the following command:

switch:admin# wwnrecover

For more information on wwnrecover and command syntax, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

Preparing for WWN card replacement

If the WWN cards require replacement, complete the following steps. Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions.

1. Open a Telnet session to the device and log in to the active CP blade as admin. The default password is "password".
2. Verify that you are logged in to the active CP blade. Run the haShow command to determine the active CP blade.
3. Run the supportSave command on the active CP blade to capture all settings. These settings will be referenced to verify the
settings have been correctly programmed after WWN replacement.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 165
Preparing for WWN card replacement

4. Run the following commands on the device before replacing the cards so that the data can be verified after the replacement:
• licenseidshow
• ipaddrshow
• switchname
• chassisname
• wwncardshow ipdata
• chassisshow (look at the WWN and chassis information at the bottom)
• ficonshow switchrnid (FICON/mainframe environments only)
• configupload -all
• configupload -vf
The factory serial number and the sequence number in the following output from the chassisShow command should match. In
the ficonshow switchrnid output, a sequence number indicates the logical switch number, if virtual fabrics is enabled:

switch:FID128:admin> chassisshow
<output truncated>
WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -1W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L039
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 24 days
Time Awake: 0 days

WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Intake
Header Version: 2
Power Consume Factor: -1W
Factory Part Num: 60-1003194-02
Factory Serial Num: DZH0331L032
Manufacture: Day: 3 Month: 10 Year: 15
Update: Day: 0 Month: 0 Year: 0
Time Alive: 24 days
Time Awake: 0 days

Chassis Factory Serial Num: AFY2530G00S

switch:admin> ficonshow switchrnid

{
{Switch WWN Flag Parm
10:00:00:05:1e:95:b1:00 0x00 0x200a00
Type number: SLKWRM
Model number: DCX
Manufacturer: BRD
Plant of Manufacture: CA
Sequence Number: 0AFX2533G001
tag: b6ff
}

5. Contact Brocade Technical Support for replacement of WWN cards. Brocade Support will request the partner or OEM to send
WWN cards from FRU inventory to the nearest Brocade Support office to be reprogrammed. Brocade Support will require the
Supportsave data taken in the previous step so that the replacement cards can be reprogrammed prior to shipping to the
partner or your site. If Brocade support has determined that both WWN cards need replaced, you must replace both WWN
cards as a matched pair.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

166 53-1004105-07
 Hot-swap replacement

Hot-swap replacement
You may replace one WWN card assembly at a time with the system powered on using the following steps to avoid interruption of
system operation.

Use this procedure if Brocade Customer Support has determined that a WWN card needs replaced and you have received replacement
cards. These procedures require that you use the wwnrecover utility. For more information on this utility, refer to Using the wwnrecover
utility on page 165.

You can use this procedure to replace one WWN card assembly at a time while power is on. Follow all steps for one card, and then repeat
the same steps to replace the other card assembly. To replace both WWN card assemblies simultaneously, use procedures under Cold-
swap replacement on page 168.

1. Remove the defective WWN card assembly using procedures under Removing the WWN card and bezel on page 170.

Removing a WWN card assembly will result in RASlog messages indicating that a WWN card cannot be detected. Since the
system will be in a degraded state, replace the WWN card as soon as possible.
2. Install the replacement WWN card assembly into the empty slot using the following steps:
a) Holding the card assembly by its edges with both hands along its length, slide it into the chassis slot.
b) Push with your thumb on the end of assembly to fully seat into the backplane connector.
c) Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the captive screw and secure the card assembly to the chassis.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat cards from chassis
connectors.

3. Verify that the WWN card is correctly connected by noting if the LEDs on the card reflects the status of the components.
4. Address any issues flagged by any RASlog EM-1220 and EM-1222 messages that display for the new card before
proceeding.

NOTE
Issues relating to data recovery on new WWN cards must be resolved at this point before proceeding to avoid invalid
WWN data, errors, and operating problems. If EM-1220 messages indicate that IP addresses on installed WWN
cards do not match, follow instructions in the message to recover the IP address so that both cards use the same
address.

5. Determine the active CP blade by entering the haShow command.

6. On the active CP blade, run the wwnrecover command and specify the WWN card that you replaced (WWN 2 or WWN 1) when
prompted.
7. If wwnrecover messages prompt for a system reboot, reboot both CP blades to ensure the system is running with valid WWN
card data.
8. Enter the hafailover command to force failover so that the standby CP blade becomes the active CP blade.
This command is necessary so that the correct IP address for the new card displays for the ipaddrshow command. For more
information on these commands, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 167
Cold-swap replacement

9. Verify the new card settings by running the following commands and comparing the output with the original supportsave data:
• licenseidshow
• ipaddrshow
• switchname
• chassisname
• wwncardshow ipdata
• chassisshow (look at the WWN and Chassis information at the bottom)
10. If replacing the second WWN card, repeat the previous steps in this procedure for the other card.
11. Install the WWN bezel on the chassis.
a) Orient the bezel on the chassis.
b) Insert and tighten both screws using a Phillips screwdriver.
12. Pack faulty WWN cards in the packaging provided with the replacement cards, and return them to Brocade Support for failure
analysis (FA).

Cold-swap replacement
Use this procedure When you can interrupt system operation and replace one or both WWN cards with the system powered down. You
can replace one WWN card or both WWN cards, one at a time, with system power on using steps under Hot-swap replacement on page
167.

NOTE
Be aware that if replacing both WWN cards, the IP addresses on the new WWN cards will be in effect when the device powers
up. If these IP addresses are different from the previous cards, then you will not be able to establish ssh or other sessions that
use the previous IP addresses. You can change IP addresses on the new cards using the ipaddrset command.

1. Unpack the replacement WWN card assembly and save the packaging for the faulty WWN card(s).
The WWN card assemblies are labeled #1 for the left slot and #2 for the right slot.
2. Perform the following steps.
a) Log in to the device and execute the switchcfgpersistentdisable command on the main switch and other logical switches.
The switchcfgpersistentdisable command disables the switches, and ensures they remain disabled after the power is
cycled. This allows you to check all the settings so that you can verify the settings before placing the device back into
production.

switch:admin> switchcfgpersistentdisable
Switch's persistent state set to 'disabled'

If there are other logical switches on your chassis, use the setcontext command to connect to all the other switches and
then run switchcfgpersistentdisable on these switches as well.
3. Enter the sysShutdown command. When command output indicates that the device has completed shut-down, remove power
cords from all power supply assemblies.
4. Remove defective WWN card assemblies using steps under Removing the WWN card and bezel on page 170, and then
continue with step 5.

NOTE
There are two WWN card assemblies located behind the WWN bezel (logo plate). As you are facing the bezel, WWN 1
is located on the left side, and WWN 2 is on the right.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

168 53-1004105-07
 Cold-swap replacement

5. Install replacement WWN card assemblies into the empty slot using the following steps:
a) Holding the card assembly by its edges with both hands along its length, slide it into the device slot.
b) Push with your thumb on the end of assembly to fully seat into the backplane connector.
c) Use a #1 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the captive screw and secure the card assembly to the chassis.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat cards from chassis
connectors.

6. Power on the device and wait for five minutes for the device to boot.
7. Verify that new WWN cards are correctly connected by checking LED function. For details on LED operation, refer to
Interpreting WWN card LEDs on page 93.

NOTE
The LEDs may take up to two minutes after WWN card installation to begin functioning.

8. Resolve any issues flagged by RASlog EM-1220 and EM-1222 messages that display for the new card(s) before proceeding.

NOTE
Issues relating to data recovery on new WWN cards must be resolved at this point before proceeding to avoid invalid
WWN data, errors, and operating problems.

9. Determine the active CP blade by entering the haShow command.

10. On the active CP blade, run the wwnrecover command and specify WWN 2 card for recovery when prompted in wwnrecover
output messages. Refer to Using the wwnrecover utility on page 165 for more information on this command.
11. If wwnrecover messages prompt for a system reboot, reboot both CP blades to ensure the system is running with valid WWN
card data.
12. Verify the new card settings by running the following commands and comparing the output with the original supportsave data:
• licenseidshow
• ipaddrshow
• switchname
• chassisname
• wwncardshow ipdata
• chassisshow (look at the WWN and chassis information at the bottom)
13. Run the switchcfgpersistentenable command to persistently enable each logical switch, that was disabled before removing the
WWN card(s):

switch:FID128:root> switchcfgpersistentenable
Switch's persistent state set to 'enabled'

14. Install the WWN bezel on the chassis.

a) Orient the bezel on the chassis.
b) Insert and tighten both screws using a Phillips screwdriver.
15. Pack faulty WWN card assemblies in the packaging provided with the replacement cards, and return them to Brocade Support
for failure analysis (FA).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 169
Removing the WWN card and bezel

Removing the WWN card and bezel

Two WWN cards located behind the WWN bezel. As you are facing the bezel on the non-port-side of the device, WWN 1 is located on
the left side, and WWN 2 is on the right. When cards have been determined faulty and the replacement WWN cards have been received,
complete the following steps to remove the bezel and faulty WWN cards.

NOTE
Unless the device is powered down and not operational, do not perform these steps without first performing procedures under
either Hot-swap replacement on page 167 or Cold-swap replacement on page 168.

1. Remove the two screws from the WWN bezel on the back of the device using a Phillips screwdriver. Pull the bezel away from
the chassis and set it aside. The ends of both WWN card assemblies with pull tabs are now visible.
2. Unscrew the captive screw for the WWN card assembly using a Phillips screwdriver until the assembly releases from chassis.
3. Grasp the pull tab for a WWN card assembly and gently pull to release the assembly from backplane connector. Carefully slide
the card assembly out from the chassis slot.
Use both hands to support the card assembly along its length as you remove it from the slot.

FIGURE 48 Removing and installing WWN cards

1. WWN card 1 3. WWN card bezel

2. WWN card 2

4. Depending on the WWN card assembly removed, label the assembly with #1 for the left-side assembly and #2 for the right-
side assembly for future reference.
5. Set the WWN card assembly on a static-free surface, such as a grounding pad.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

170 53-1004105-07
 Configuring airflow direction on WWN cards

Configuring airflow direction on WWN cards

All fan and power supply assemblies installed in the chassis must provide the same airflow direction, either nonport-side intake (NPI) or
nonport-side exhaust (NPE). In a factory-configured system, this airflow direction will match the airflow direction configured for the
chassis on the installed WWN cards.

A mismatch of between system and fan and power supply airflow direction may occur when installing new WWN cards into an existing
chassis with fan and power supply assemblies already installed or when installing fan and power supply assemblies into a replacement
chassis. Replacement chassis are shipped with new WWN cards installed, and airflow direction is not configured on these cards.

The system detects airflow direction of the chassis at system boot based on airflow direction of installed power supply and fan
assemblies. Normally, if there is a mismatch between airflow direction set on WWN cards and airflow direction of the installed fan and
power supply assemblies, the system will automatically configure the established airflow direction on the WWN cards, provided all
installed fan and power supply assemblies have the same airflow direction. RASLOG messages such as the following will occur during
this automatic configuration:

...[HIL-1630], 449, SLOT 1 CHASSIS, INFO, chassis1, Auto-configuring

system airflow direction to Non-portside Exhaust

[HIL-1630], 449, SLOT 1 CHASSIS, INFO, chassis1, Auto-configuring

system airflow direction to Non-portside Intake

If airflow direction for power supply and fan assemblies does not match, WWN cards will not automatically reconfigure and the fan or
power supply assembly with mismatched airflow will fault. In this case, you must replace fan or power supply assemblies to achieve
matching airflow direction for all, and then reboot the system.

The following procedure is provided if you need to manually synchronize airflow direction on WWN cards with airflow direction of
installed fan and power supply assemblies.

NOTE
Changing chassis airflow is only supported to synchronize established airflow direction of installed fan and power supply
assemblies with airflow direction configured on WWN cards. Changing airflow direction from NPI to NPE or NPE to NPI is not
supported in a customer environment.

1. Enter chassisShow to display airflow direction programmed in WWN cards and airflow direction of installed fan and power
supply FRUs.
Airflow direction of fans and power supplies displays as "Fan Direction" under each fan or power supply unit. System airflow
direction displays as "System Airflow" under the WWN card unit. The following example shows mismatch of system airflow and
airflow direction in installed fan and power supply as the WWN units should indicate "Non-portside Intake."

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
FAN Unit: 2
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust
...
WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 171
Verifying WWN card operation

2. To reconfigure airflow direction on installed WWN cards, enter wwnrecover.

sw0:admin> wwnrecover
WWN 1 and/or WWN 2 system airflow direction mismatches with the
installed fan FRU's airflow direction.

WWN Non-Critical Seeprom Problem Details

WWN 1 system airflow direction mismatches with installed Fan FRU's

airflow direction!!!!
WWN 2 system airflow direction mismatches with installed Fan FRU's
airflow direction!!!!

Recovery Options

0. Exit

1. Copy Airflow direction from Fan FRU to both WWN cards

3. Enter 1 when prompted for a recover option to copy airflow direction from the fan to both WWN cards.

Enter Selection > 1

WWN Airflow direction recovery complete.

Please reboot the system.

4. Reboot the system.

Verifying WWN card operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of the WWN cards:

1. Check the LED indicators on the WWN card bezel, located between the power supplies on the nonport side of the device. The
LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. For information on interpreting LED patterns,
refer to Interpreting WWN card LEDs on page 93.
2. Enter the errDump command. This displays the system error log. Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference for more
information on the messages in this log.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

172 53-1004105-07
Power Supply Assemblies
• AC power supply overview......................................................................................................................................................................... 173
• HVAC/HVDC power supply overview................................................................................................................................................... 174
• Power supply assembly numbering....................................................................................................................................................... 176
• Fan and power supply airflow....................................................................................................................................................................176
• Precautions specific to power supply assembly................................................................................................................................178
• Power supply assembly fault indicators................................................................................................................................................178
• Power supply assembly task guide.........................................................................................................................................................179
• Time and items required..............................................................................................................................................................................180
• Removing a power supply.......................................................................................................................................................................... 180
• Installing a power supply............................................................................................................................................................................. 181
• Verifying power supply operation............................................................................................................................................................ 182

AC power supply overview

This device supports the following AC power supply assemblies. All power supplies installed in the device must be of the same type and
match the airflow of installed fan assemblies.
• Power supply model supporting nonport-side air intake (NPI) provides 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W (200-240
VAC). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the nonport side to the port side of the device.
• Power supply model supporting nonport-side air exhaust (NPE) provides 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W (200-240
VAC). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the port side to the nonport side of the device.

The following figure illustrates power supply assembly components.

FIGURE 49 AC power supply assembly

1. Fan 1 5. AC power cable receptacle

2. Fan 2 6. Airflow label

3. Handle 7. Captive screw

4. Status LED

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 173
HVAC/HVDC power supply overview

The Brocade X6-8 Director can have three or four power supplies installed, depending on the quantity ordered. Use of the high-voltage
line (200 to 240 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power conversion efficiency. Refer to "Power Supply Requirements" in
Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line
operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications.

Redundant AC primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply has its own connector. If four power supplies are
installed, four primary power connections are required for the Brocade X6-8 Director for optimum efficiency and redundancy.

Power supplies can be removed and replaced without special tools. If replacing one power supply, the device can continue operating
during replacement if procedures are followed in this guide.

Power cords for these power supplies are available from Brocade that meet your site and country requirements.

HVAC/HVDC power supply overview

The Brocade X6 supports a dual-function high-voltage AC, high-voltage DC (HVAC/HVDC) power supply assembly. This power supply
converts AC or DC input to the required DC output power required for device operation.

Each HVAC/HVDC power supply assembly provides the following power outputs in Watts at the indicated AC and DC input rated
voltages:
• 1450 W (100-120 VAC)
• 2870 W (200-277 VAC)
• 2870 W (240-380 VDC)

The following HVAC/HVDC power supply models are supported:

• Power supply model supporting nonport-side air intake (NPI). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the nonport
side to the port side of the device.
• Power supply model supporting nonport-side air exhaust (NPE). This assembly has two fans that move the air from the port
side to the nonport side of the device.

Consider the following important notes about installing this power supply:
• You cannot upgrade from standard voltage AC power supplies in an existing chassis to HVAC/HVDC power supplies. You must
order a new base chassis and the required HVAC/HVDC power supplies.
• You cannot mix HVAC/HVDC and standard voltage AC power supplies in the same Brocade X6 chassis. All power supplies
must be the same type.
• All HVAC/HVDC power supplies installed in the device must be all either NPI or NPE models. The airflow direction must match
airflow direction of installed fans.

The following figure illustrates power supply assembly components.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

174 53-1004105-07
 HVAC/HVDC power supply overview

FIGURE 50 HVAC/HVDC power supply assembly

1. Fan 1 5. HVAC/HVDC power cable receptacle

2. Fan 2 6. Airflow label

3. Handle 7. Captive screw

4. Status LED 8. Power cable restraint cover

Consider the following information when connecting AC power:

• The Brocade X6-8 Director can have three or four power supplies installed, depending on the quantity ordered. Use of the
high-voltage line (200 to 277 VAC) is highly recommended because of better power conversion efficiency. Refer to "Power
Supply Requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required for
AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications.
• Redundant AC primary power connections ensure high availability. Each power supply has its own connector. If four power
supplies are installed, four primary power connections are required for the Brocade X6-8 Director for optimum efficiency and
redundancy.

Power supplies can be removed and replaced without special tools. If you are replacing one power supply in a configuration with N+1 or
greater redundancy, the director can continue operating during the replacement if procedures in this guide are followed. Otherwise,
installed blades may power off. Refer to "Power supply requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for
more information about power supply redundancy.

Power cords are available from Brocade. Power cords are 6 m (19.68 ft.) long and contain three colored 14 AWG unterminated wires
which are described in the following table:

TABLE 23 HVAC/HVDC power cable wiring

Label (color) Function

(black) Negative (-)

(green with yellow stripe) Earth ground (PE)
(red) Return positive (+)

Power cords have an Anderson Saf-D-Grid® 400 connector on the power supply end and unterminated wires on the other end for
attaching to AC or DC power sources. Attach either an AC power plug to these wires that meets your facility and local code requirements
or connect wires to appropriate DC power terminal blocks.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 175
Power supply assembly numbering

Power supply assembly numbering

The following figure illustrates the location and number identification of power supply assemblies in the chassis.

FIGURE 51 AC Power supply assembly numbering

1. Power supply 1 3. Power supply 3

2. Power supply 2 4. Power supply 4

FIGURE 52 HVAC/HVDC Power supply assembly numbering

1. Power supply 1 3. Power supply 3

2. Power supply 2 4. Power supply 4

Fan and power supply airflow

All fans and power supply FRUs installed in this device must have either NPI (nonport-side intake) or NPE (nonport-side exhaust) airflow.
You must order a replacement FRU with the same part number (P/N) as the FRU being replaced to provide the same airflow. The
manufacturing P/N, located on the top of the FRU, contains either NPI or NPE. If a mismatched power source or fan assembly is
installed by mistake, a RASlog message occurs indicating that a mismatch in fan or power supply airflow has occurred and the FRU is
faulted.

NOTE
If airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on WWN cards, the
power supply will have a "fault" status. However, LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault. If airflow direction
for a fan assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction, the fan LED will indicate a fault condition.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

176 53-1004105-07
 Fan and power supply airflow

Power supply and fan assemblies are labeled with a green "E" or orange "I" airflow symbol. All fans and power supplies in a chassis must
have the same label affixed to guarantee airflow direction is consistent.

FIGURE 53 Airflow labels

The orange I symbol indicates an intake FRU. This unit pulls air in from the nonport side of the device and exhausts it out the port side.
This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPI.

The green E symbol indicates an exhaust FRU. This unit pulls air in from the port side of the device and exhausts it out the nonport side.
This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPE.

Ensure airflow direction of power supply and fan assemblies match. If power supply or fan air flow direction does not match, the FRU will
fault. Faulty fans can cause increase in temperature.

Airflow direction can be verified by entering the chassisShow command. Following is an example from command output indicating mis-
matching airflow. WWN units should indicate "Non-portside Intake".

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
FAN Unit: 2
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust
...
WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 177
Precautions specific to power supply assembly

NOTE
Ensure that captive screws securing the fan and power supply assemblies are tightened. If they are not, air pressure inside
chassis may unseat these FRUs from chassis connectors.

Precautions specific to power supply assembly

Observe the following precautions when replacing the power supply assembly.

NOTE
Depending on the blade configuration of the device and the number of power supplies installed, the device may be able to
continue operating while replacing a power supply. Refer to "Power Supply Requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical
Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in
case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is insufficient power, the device will start powering down blades
until the power demand can be met.

NOTE
A device with slots for eight port blades can have up to four power supplies installed. If you are adding additional power
supplies, you can use the procedures in this section under Installing a power supply on page 181 to install the new power
supplies. Be sure to follow steps on those procedures to enable sending notifications if the additional power supplies should
fail.

NOTE
Make sure that captive screws securing power supply assemblies to chassis are tightened. If not, high pressure from fans
operation may unseat power supply assemblies from chassis connectors.

Refer to Safety precautions on page 21 for caution and danger notices related to installing power supplies.

Power supply assembly fault indicators

Use one of the following methods to determine if a power supply is faulty:
• Check the power supply status LED.
– The LED may take up to 10 seconds to illuminate. If LED does not illuminate, the power supply has no incoming power.
Check if power supply is properly seated in backplane connector. Check power source to power cord.
– If LED is flashing green, the power supply may be faulty.
For more information on LED operation, refer to Interpreting power supply LEDs on page 94.
• Enter psShow. If status of power supply displays absent or faulty, check if power supply assembly is seated in chassis. If it is,
power supply could be faulty.
• Enter sensorShow to determine if a power supply is running above average temperatures of other installed power supplies.
• Enter errDump to display the system error log. Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference for more information on
the messages in this log.

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

178 53-1004105-07
 Power supply assembly task guide

Power supply assembly task guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing power supply assemblies when
the chassis is running (hot swap) or must be powered off (cold swap). References are provided to the more detailed removal and
installation steps for further information.

NOTE
Depending on the blade configuration of the chassis and the number of power supplies installed, the chassis may be able to
continue operating while replacing a power supply. Refer to "Power Supply Requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical
Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required for AC low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in
case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is insufficient power, the chassis will start powering down blades
until the power demand can be met.

Installing additional power supply (hot-install)

If your chassis is up and running, has empty slots for power supplies, and you want to install additional power supplies, complete the
following steps.

1. Remove filler panel from empty power supply assembly slot.

2. Insert the new power supply assembly.

3. Plug power cord into the new power supply assembly from power source.

4. Verify power supply assembly status LED.

Replacing power supply assembly (hot-swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but a power supply has failed, complete the following steps.

NOTE
Removing more than one power supply could result in insufficient system power which could cause some blades to power
down. Ensure that there is an adequate number of active power supply assemblies when removing a single power unit during
hot-swap. Refer to "Power supply specifications" and "Power supply requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical
Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required for low and high voltage line operation.

1. Unplug power cable from failed power supply assembly.

2. Remove power supply assembly.

3. Insert new power supply assembly.

4. Plug power cord into new power supply assembly from power source.

5. Verify power supply assembly status LED.

Replace or install power supply assembly (cold-install or cold-swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but you want to power down the chassis to install additional power supply assemblies or replace failed
power supply assemblies, complete the following steps.

1. Shut down the system using the sysShutdown command.

2. Unplug power cords from all power supply assemblies.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 179
Time and items required

3. If adding a power supply assembly, remove filler panel from empty power supply assembly slot.

4. Install or replace power supply assemblies.

5. Plug power cords into all power supply assemblies from power sources.

6. Verify the power supply assembly status LEDs.

Time and items required

The procedure to remove or install a each power supply takes less than five minutes. A power supply unit or filler panel is required for the
power supply replacement.

Removing a power supply

To remove a power supply, complete the following steps.

1. Before removing a power supply assembly, Verify if you can remove a power supply and the leave chassis operating (hot swap
replacement) or must power down the chassis (cold-swap replacement).

NOTE
Depending on the blade configuration of the chassis and the number of power supplies installed, the chassis may be
able to continue operating while replacing a power supply. Refer to "Power supply specifications" and "Power supply
requirements" in Brocade X6 Directors Technical Specifications on page 217 for minimum power supplies required
for low and high voltage line operation, redundancy in case of power supply failure, and other specifications. If there is
insufficient power, the chassis will power down blades until the power demand can be met.

2. Perform one of the following steps:

• If you need to power down the chassis to remove a power supply, enter the sysShutdown command. Refer to Powering
down the chassis on page 65 for detailed procedures. When the chassis chassis completed shut-down, remove power
cords from all power supply assemblies.

NOTE
To remove a power cord from a HVAC/HVDC power supply, you must remove the power cord retainer cover, if
attached under the power cord connector, and then unlatch the power cord release latch located under the power
cord connector. Refer to Powering down the chassis on page 65 for detailed procedures.

• If you can leave the chassis in operation and replace a power supply, unplug the power cord from the power supply
assembly that you are replacing.

NOTE
Be sure to replace the power supply as soon as possible.

3. Loosen the captive screw on the right side of the power supply assembly until the screw releases from the chassis.
The captive screw is located just below the airflow label on the right side of the power supply assembly. If necessary use a
Phillips screwdriver.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

180 53-1004105-07
 Installing a power supply

4. Grasp the handle and pull, sliding the power supply from the chassis and supporting the power supply from beneath as you
remove it.

FIGURE 54 Removing and installing power supply assembly

5. If you are not replacing the power supply and can leave the chassis operating, insert a filler panel into the slot and tighten captive
screw to secure to chassis.

Installing a power supply

To install a power supply, complete the following steps.

1. If a filler panel is installed over the slot where you are installing the power supply, remove the panel by loosening the captive
screw located on the right side of the panel. When the screw releases from chassis, pull on the screw to lift the panel from the
chassis slot.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 181
Verifying power supply operation

2. Grasp the handle and slide the new power supply into the chassis while supporting the power supply from beneath. Push the
power supply into slot until the connectors seat in the chassis backplane.
3. Verify that the power supply assembly is seated by gently pushing on the handle.
4. Push in captive screw, and then tighten with fingers to secure power supply assembly to chassis.

NOTE
Make sure that captive screws securing power supply assembly to chassis are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan
operation may unseat power supply assembly from chassis connectors.

5. Connect power to the power supply using steps in Providing power to the device on page 48.
6. Verify that the power LED on the power supply displays steady green when power is fully applied.
7. If you are installing additional power supplies to bring the total power supplies up to four, perform one or both of the following
tasks to enable sending notifications when one power supply fails.

NOTE
A maximum of four power supplies can be installed in the device.

• For Fabric Watch monitoring, change the switchStatus policy settings to the following:

switch.status.policy.PowerSupplies.down = 1
switch.status.policy.PowerSupplies.marginal = 0

For more details on executing the switchStatusPolicyShow and switchStatusPolicySet commands, refer to the Fabric OS
Command Reference.
• For Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite (MAPS) monitoring, follow procedures to update the active MAPS power supply
switchstatus policy settings for four PSU devices in the "Additional MAPS features" section of the Brocade Monitoring and
Alerting Policy Suite Administrator's Guide.

Verifying power supply operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of the power supply:

1. Check the LED indicator on the power supply. The LED patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic
tests. For information on interpreting LED patterns, refer to Interpreting power supply LEDs on page 94. Be sure to check all
the power supply modules.
2. Check the power supply status by entering the following commands:.

The power supply status displays OK, Absent, or Faulty. If a power supply displays absent or faulty, contact the device supplier
to order replacement parts. Both physically absent or faulty could also be the result of the power supply not being properly
seated or being turned off.
• psShow - Displays the status of each power supply as OK, Absent, or Faulty. If a power supply displays absent or faulty,
contact the device supplier to order replacement parts. Both physically absent or faulty could also be the result of the power
supply not being properly seated or being turned off.
• sensorShow - Displays current temperature and status of fan and power supply sensors located on the chassis.
• errDump - Displays all system error log messages.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

182 53-1004105-07
 Verifying power supply operation

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 183
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
184 53-1004105-07
Fan Assemblies
• Fan assembly overview................................................................................................................................................................................185
• Precautions specific to fan assemblies..................................................................................................................................................189
• Fan assembly fault indicators.................................................................................................................................................................... 189
• Fan assembly task guide.............................................................................................................................................................................189
• Time and items required..............................................................................................................................................................................190
• Removing a fan assembly ......................................................................................................................................................................... 190
• Installing a fan assembly..............................................................................................................................................................................192
• Verifying fan operation................................................................................................................................................................................. 192

Fan assembly overview

Following are important details that you should note about fan assemblies:
• Three fan assemblies are installed in the chassis, containing two fans each, for a total of six fans.
• The chassis requires 5 fans out of 6 functioning fans for operation.
• Fan assemblies with the following airflow directions can be installed. All fan assemblies must have the same airflow direction
and match airflow direction of installed power supplies.
– Fan assembly with nonport-side air intake. Fans move air from the nonport side to the port side of the chassis.
– Fan assembly with nonport-side air exhaust. Fans move air from the port side to the nonport side of the chassis.
• Fan assemblies can be removed and replaced without special tools.
• The chassis can continue operation while one fan assembly is replaced if the fan assembly is replaced immediately.

The following figure illustrates fan assembly components.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 185
Fan assembly overview

FIGURE 55 Fan assembly

1. Power LED 5. Air vent

2. Captive screw 6. Handle

3. Status LED 7. Captive screw

4. Airflow label

Fan and power supply airflow

All fans and power supply FRUs installed in this device must have either NPI (nonport-side intake) or NPE (nonport-side exhaust) airflow.
You must order a replacement FRU with the same part number (P/N) as the FRU being replaced to provide the same airflow. The
manufacturing P/N, located on the top of the FRU, contains either NPI or NPE. If a mismatched power source or fan assembly is
installed by mistake, a RASlog message occurs indicating that a mismatch in fan or power supply airflow has occurred and the FRU is
faulted.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

186 53-1004105-07
 Fan assembly overview

NOTE
If airflow direction for a power supply assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction as stored on WWN cards, the
power supply will have a "fault" status. However, LED operation for the power supply will not indicate a fault. If airflow direction
for a fan assembly does not match the chassis airflow direction, the fan LED will indicate a fault condition.

Power supply and fan assemblies are labeled with a green "E" or orange "I" airflow symbol. All fans and power supplies in a chassis must
have the same label affixed to guarantee airflow direction is consistent.

FIGURE 56 Airflow labels

The orange I symbol indicates an intake FRU. This unit pulls air in from the nonport side of the device and exhausts it out the port side.
This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPI.

The green E symbol indicates an exhaust FRU. This unit pulls air in from the port side of the device and exhausts it out the nonport side.
This symbol should appear on FRUs with part numbers that contain an NPE.

Ensure airflow direction of power supply and fan assemblies match. If power supply or fan air flow direction does not match, the FRU will
fault. Faulty fans can cause increase in temperature.

Airflow direction can be verified by entering the chassisShow command. Following is an example from command output indicating mis-
matching airflow. WWN units should indicate "Non-portside Intake".

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
FAN Unit: 2
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 187
Fan assembly overview

...
WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

NOTE
Ensure that captive screws securing the fan and power supply assemblies are tightened. If they are not, air pressure inside
chassis may unseat these FRUs from chassis connectors.

Fan assembly numbering

The following figure illustrates the location and number identification of fan assemblies in the chassis.

FIGURE 57 Fan assembly numbering

1. Fan assembly 1 3. Fan assembly 3

2. Fan assembly 2

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

188 53-1004105-07
 Fan assembly task guide

Precautions specific to fan assemblies

Observe the following precautions when replacing fan assemblies.

NOTE
Each fan assembly contains two fans for a total of six fans for three installed fan assemblies. The device requires 5 fans out of
6 functioning fans for operation. If hot-swapping a fan assembly, be sure to have the replacement fan assembly ready to install
before removing a faulty fan assembly and replace as soon as possible.

NOTE
If a fan assembly has failed, do not remove it from chassis unless a FRU is available for replacement. If the slot is left empty for
an extended time period, this could cause chassis air-leakage and overheating.

NOTE
Make sure that captive screws securing fan assemblies to chassis are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may
unseat fan from chassis connectors.

Fan assembly fault indicators

Use one of the following methods to determine if a fan assembly is faulty:
• Check the fan status LED.
– Steady amber - fan assembly has a failure (full or partial).
– Slow-flashing amber (on 2 seconds, then off 2 seconds) - fan assembly is not seated correctly or is faulty.
– Fast-flashing amber (on ½ second, then off ½ second) - environmental range exceeded.
• Enter fanShow . If status of fan assembly displays absent or faulty, check if assembly is seated in chassis. If it is, power supply
could be faulty or is not receiving power for some reason.
• Enter sensorShow to determine if a fan is running above average temperatures of other installed fan(s).
• Enter errDump to display the system error log.

For more information on LED operation, refer to Interpreting fan assembly LEDs on page 96.

For output examples and additional information on Fabric OS commands, refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the
Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Fan assembly task guide

This section contains a guide to more complete, detailed steps in this section for installing or replacing fan assemblies when the chassis
is running (hot swap) or must be powered off (cold swap). References are provided to the more detailed removal and installation steps for
further information.

NOTE
Each fan assembly contains 3 fans for a total of 6 fans for three installed fan assemblies. The chassis requires 5 fans out of 6
functioning fans for operation. If hot-swapping a fan assembly, be sure to have the replacement fan assembly ready to install
before removing a faulty fan assembly and replace as soon as possible.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 189
Time and items required

NOTE
If a fan assembly has failed, do not remove it from chassis unless a FRU is available for replacement. If the slot is left empty for
an extended time period, this could cause chassis air-leakage and overheating.

NOTE
Make sure that captive screws securing fan assemblies to chassis are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may
unseat fan from chassis connectors.

Replacing fan assembly (hot-swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but a fan assembly has failed, complete the following steps.

1. Remove fan assembly.

2. Insert new fan assembly into empty slot as soon as possible.

3. Verify that the fan assembly status LED is green.

Replacing fan assembly (cold-swap)

If your chassis is up and running, but you want to power down the chassis to replace a failed fan assembly, complete the following steps.

1. Shut down the system using the sysShutdown command.

2. Unplug power cords from receptacles on all power supply assemblies.

3. Remove faulty fan assembly.

4. Insert new fan assembly.

5. Plug power cords into all power supply assemblies from power sources to power chassis on.

6. Verify that fan assembly status LEDs are green.

Time and items required

The replacement procedure for each fan assembly takes less than 5 minutes. The following items are required for the blower assembly
replacement:
• Replacement fan assembly
• #1 Phillips screwdriver

Removing a fan assembly

Complete the following steps to remove a fan assembly from the chassis.

1. Before removing a fan assembly, Verify if you can remove a power supply and leave the chassis operating (hot swap
replacement), by referring to Precautions specific to fan assemblies on page 189.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

190 53-1004105-07
 Removing a fan assembly

2. Perform one of the following steps:

• If you need to power down the chassis to remove a fan assembly, enter the sysShutdown command. When command
output indicates the chassis has completed shut-down, remove power cords from all power supply assemblies.
• If you can hot-swap the fan assembly, go on to the next step.

NOTE
Replace fan as soon as possible to avoid overheating and eventual system shutdown.

3. Loosen the captive screw at each end of the fan assembly until the screw releases from the chassis. Use a #1 Phillips
screwdriver if tightened.
4. Grasp the handle and pull, sliding the fan assembly from the chassis while supporting the fan assembly from beneath as you
remove it.

FIGURE 58 Removing and installing a fan assembly

5. If leaving power on for replacement (hot swap), be sure to replace the fan assembly as soon as possible.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 191
Installing a fan assembly

Installing a fan assembly

Complete the following steps to replace the fan assembly in a chassis.

1. Grasp the handle and carefully slide the fan assembly into the chassis while supporting the fan assembly from beneath.
2. Push the fan assembly fully into the slot with your fingers until it seats in the backplane connectors.
3. Verify that the power LED displays a green light.
4. Push in on each captive screw and tighten with #1 Phillips screwdriver to secure the fan assembly to the chassis.

NOTE
Be sure that captive screws are tightened. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat fan from chassis
connectors.

Verifying fan operation

Perform the following tasks to verify operation of a fan assembly:

1. Check the LED indicators on the fan assemblies. The fan assemblies are located on the nonport side of the device. The LED
patterns may temporarily change during POST and other diagnostic tests. For information on interpreting LED patterns, refer to
Interpreting fan assembly LEDs on page 96.
2. Check the fan assembly status using the following commands:
• fanShow - Displays the status for each fan assembly as OK, Absent, or Faulty. The RPM of each fan in the assembly is
also provided. If a fan assembly displays absent or faulty, contact the chassis supplier to order replacement parts. Both
physically absent or faulty could also be the result of the fan not being properly seated in the chassis slot.
• sensorShow - Displays current temperature and status of fan and power supply sensors located in the chassis.
• errShow - Displays error log messages one at a time.
• errDump - Displays the entire system error log.

Refer to Using monitoring commands on page 99 and the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference for output examples and additional
information on Fabric OS commands.

For more information about error messages, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Message Reference.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

192 53-1004105-07
Blade Filler Panels
• Blade filler panel removal and replacement.........................................................................................................................................193
• Removing a filler panel................................................................................................................................................................................. 193
• Installing a filler panel.................................................................................................................................................................................... 194

Blade filler panel removal and replacement

When installing a blade into the device, you may need to first remove a blade filler panel. Be sure to keep all filler panels in a safe place in
case you need to remove a blade for an indefinite period of time. Cover all empty slots with blade filler panels. Failure to do so will
adversely affect device cooling.

CAUTION
If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis
with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

Blade filler panels have a latch mechanism at each end of the panel. Both latches must be opened to remove and install the panel.

NOTE
Filler panels for Brocade DCX and Brocade DCX 8510 Directors are not interchangeable with filler panels for Brocade X6
Directors.

Removing a filler panel

Complete the following steps to remove a filler panel from a blade slot.
1. Remove the chassis door.
2. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release on the latch at each end of the cover using your thumb and forefinger and slide the
latches toward the center of the cover.
This moves the latches away from the ends of the slot to unlatch the cover from chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 193
Installing a filler panel

3. Using the latch pull tabs as handles, pull the filler panel out of the chassis.

FIGURE 59 Removing and installing the blade filler panel

1. Latch pull tab 2. Latch release

Installing a filler panel

1. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release on the latch at each end of the cover using your thumb and forefinger and slide the
latches toward the center of the cover.
2. Orient the filler panel over the empty slot and slide into the slot.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

194 53-1004105-07
 Installing a filler panel

3. Pull out the spring-loaded latch release at each end of the cover and slide each latch towards the end of the cover.
This should slide the latches into the chassis and lock the panel in place. If not, the cover may not be seated fully into the slot.
Try unlatching both ends, pushing the cover firmly into the slot, then latching both ends again.

NOTE
Be sure filler panels are securely latched. If not, high pressure from fan operation may unseat blade from chassis
connectors.

FIGURE 60 Removing and installing the blade filler panel

1. Latch pull tab 2. Latch release

4. Reinstall the chassis door. The door must be installed to meet EMI compliance.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 195
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
196 53-1004105-07
Cable management comb
• Cable management comb overview.......................................................................................................................................................197
• Time and items required for removal and installation......................................................................................................................197
• Removing cable management comb.....................................................................................................................................................197
• Installing cable management comb........................................................................................................................................................198

Cable management comb overview

Use the cable management comb to organize and route cables attached to blade ports. The Brocade X6-8 Director can continue to
operate while removing or installing the cable management comb.

Time and items required for removal and installation

The replacement procedure for the cable management comb takes less than five minutes. A #1 Phillips screwdriver is required.

Removing cable management comb

Complete the following steps to remove the cable management comb.

1. Remove the cables from the cable management comb and rearrange the cables around the comb.
2. Unscrew and save the four (4) screws holding the comb to the device. Support the comb to prevent it from falling.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 197
Installing cable management comb

3. Remove the cable management comb.

FIGURE 61 Removing or installing cable management comb

Installing cable management comb

Complete the following steps to replace the cable management comb.

1. Position and tighten the four (4) screws to secure the cable management comb to the chassis.
2. Arrange the cables along the cable management comb.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

198 53-1004105-07
Chassis door
• Chassis door overview..................................................................................................................................................................................199
• Time and items required..............................................................................................................................................................................199
• Removing a chassis door............................................................................................................................................................................199
• Installing a chassis door............................................................................................................................................................................... 200

Chassis door overview

The chassis door must be installed to ensure that the device meets EMI and other regulatory certifications. A receiving hole is located on
each corner on the back side of the door. Each hole snaps into a ball stud located on a matching corner of the chassis.

Time and items required

The first-time installation procedure for the chassis door takes 15 minutes or longer because you must remove the logo bezel to mount
the door.
The door assembly is packaged separately from the chassis.

Removing a chassis door

Support the door to prevent it from falling. Pull and remove the door. It will pop off the ball studs.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 199
Installing a chassis door

FIGURE 62 Removal and replacement of the chassis door

Installing a chassis door

Complete the following steps to install the door on the port side of the chassis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

200 53-1004105-07
 Installing a chassis door

Before installing the door, use step 1 to remove the logo bezel if it is attached over the air vents at the top of the chassis. If the bezel has
been removed, skip to step 2 to install the door.

1. Unfasten the bezel from the chassis mounting bracket by removing the two 6-32 X 3/8 in. panhead Phillips screws securing
the bezel to the bracket using a Phillips screwdriver. One screw is located above the bracket and one beneath the bracket at
bezel center.
Do not remove the bezel mounting bracket (1) from the chassis. Save the bezel and screws for future installation.

FIGURE 63 Removing logo bezel from Brocade X6-8 chassis

1. Chassis mounting bracket for logo bezel

2. 6-32 x 3/8 in. panhead Phillips with a square cone sem
3. Logo bezel

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 201
Installing a chassis door

2. Align the ball stud attachment holes located vertically on each side of the rear of door with the ball studs on each chassis
mounting ear. Push door onto chassis to snap onto the studs.

FIGURE 64 Removal and replacement of the chassis door

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

202 53-1004105-07
Replacing the Chassis
• Chassis replacement overview..................................................................................................................................................................203
• Precautions specific to chassis replacement.......................................................................................................................................203
• Chassis replacement task guide...............................................................................................................................................................204
• Chassis fault indicators.................................................................................................................................................................................204
• Time and items required..............................................................................................................................................................................205
• Preparing for replacement.......................................................................................................................................................................... 205
• Removing components from the chassis.............................................................................................................................................209
• Installing the replacement chassis........................................................................................................................................................... 210
• Installing components into the chassis..................................................................................................................................................210
• Synchronizing airflow direction on WWN cards.................................................................................................................................211
• Downloading the configuration.................................................................................................................................................................212
• Reconnecting system to the network and fabric................................................................................................................................212
• Verifying correct operation of system.................................................................................................................................................... 213
• Verifying correct configuration of the fabric.........................................................................................................................................215

Chassis replacement overview

Before replacing the chassis, you will need to remove all blades and FRUs, except the WWN cards, from the existing chassis. You will
reinstall these in the replacement chassis. Do not remove components without following procedures in this section exactly as you will
need to save critical device and SAN information for these components before disconnecting the chassis from the network, fabric, and
power to begin removal procedures. After you reinstall components in the new chassis, follow exact procedures to reconnect to the
network, fabric and power, and then download firmware if necessary and verify system operation and configuration.

NOTE
New WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not replace the WWN cards in the replacement
chassis with the old WWN cards from chassis that you are replacing. This will result in licensing and return materials
authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the
license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the RMA process. You should be provided a license for
the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

Before beginning these procedures, perform the following tasks:

• Place the replacement chassis in close proximity to the old chassis.
• Provide a surface on which to place the old chassis, such as a second lift or the pallet originally provided with the chassis.
• Obtain all tools and other materials listed under Time and items required on page 205.

To unpack and transport the new chassis, follow procedures under Unpacking and transporting the device on page 30.

Precautions specific to chassis replacement

Observe the following precautions when replacing the chassis.

When removing components, Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to bench ground.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 203
Chassis replacement task guide

DANGER
Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

DANGER
Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

DANGER
A completely empty chassis weighs approximately 35.61 kg (78.5 lb) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

Chassis replacement task guide

Following are the basic tasks for removing and replacing the chassis with its backplane.

NOTE
The device must be removed from the fabric and powered off to perform these tasks. Contact your support provider if you have
any questions about whether the chassis requires replacement.

1. Recording critical device and SAN information on page 206

2. Disconnecting from network and fabric on page 209
3. Removing components from the chassis on page 209
4. Installing the replacement chassis on page 210
5. Installing components into the chassis on page 210
6. Downloading the configuration on page 212
7. Reconnecting system to the network and fabric on page 212
8. Verifying correct operation of system on page 213
9. Verifying correct operation of system on page 213

Chassis fault indicators

Verify that replacement of the chassis is necessary. If error messages and LED operation indicates faulty components, ensure that the
components are firmly seated. Contact your support provider with any questions about whether the chassis should be replaced.
Any of the following events might indicate the need to replace the chassis:
• Visible mechanical damage to the chassis, including damage to sheet metal or card guides that prevents correct installation of a
blade.
• Bent or damaged connectors on the backplane (the surface inside the chassis to which the blades connect).
• One or more components (such as a power supply, blower assembly, port blade, control processor blade, core switch blade, or
WWN card) do not function properly even after the component was replaced.
• Intermittent FAULTY codes for blades. Reseat the blade and visually inspect the ejector stiffening rails for possible wear or
damage. It is important that the blade ejector handles not slip out during blade installation. If this happens, it is usually due to
excessive wear or damage to the ejector stiffening rails.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

204 53-1004105-07
 Preparing for replacement

• The psShow or fanShow commands continue to show a faulty component even though the component was replaced.
• The slotShow command continues to show a faulty control processor, core switch, or port blade even though the blade was
replaced.

Time and items required

The chassis replacement takes approximately 3 to 4 hours.

The following items are required for the chassis replacement:

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• ESD grounding pads for protecting all blades and WWN cards
• Serial cable and workstation computer with a terminal emulator application (such as HyperTerminal for Windows systems or TIP
for Solaris systems), required only if serial console session used
• Pallet jack or hydraulic or assisted lift that raises a minimum of 140 cm (55 in.) and carries a minimum of 113 kg (250 lb)
• A surface on which to place the old chassis, such as a second lift or the pallet originally provided with the old chassis
• #1 and #2 Phillips screwdriver. Use #1 Phillips screwdriver for removing and installing blades and FRUs in chassis.

Preparing for replacement

Before beginning replacement procedures you must run the a series of Fabric OS commands and record device information for
safekeeping that may be required for installing and configuring the new chassis. This includes information on licenses, IP address, WWN,
serial numbers, switch ID, location of configuration files, and fabric details. It also includes information that might be required by Technical
Support. Recording critical device and SAN information on page 206 instructs you to run the following commands and record specific
output:
• supportShow
• configUpload - all
• configupload -vf
• ipAddrShow -sw
• chassisShow
• nsShow
• nsAllShow
• switchShow -qsfp
• fabricShow
• licenseShow
• supportShow

Before beginning replacement, you must also properly shut down the device and disconnect from the fabric and power using procedures
under Disconnecting from network and fabric on page 209.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 205
Preparing for replacement

Recording critical device and SAN information

Use a checklist, such as the following, to ensure that critical information is recorded for installing the new chassis. This information
includes current chassis IP addresses, license keys, the new chassis serial number, and output from supportShow. fabricShow, and other
commands. Save output from commands to text files listed in the table.

All commands must be entered from a CLI session (Telnet or serial) to the active CP blade unless otherwise indicated. For detailed
information about Fabric OS commands, refer to the Fabric OS Command Reference.

TABLE 24 Critical information checklist

Checked? Data Notes

Configuration information
Location of "config-switch.txt" file
Location of "config-miscinfo.txt" file
IP address, subnet mask
WWN for the device
SAN profile
Location of "SANbefor.txt" file
Notes regarding nsshow output
Notes regarding nsallshow output
Notes regarding switchshow output
Notes regarding fabricshow output
Output from licenseshow command
License keys and other licensing data for
licensed products enabled on device.
Output from supportshow command
Location of "spptshow.txt" file
Notes regarding supportshow output
Information about the new chassis
New factory serial number
New serial number (if available)

1. Open a telnet session and log into the device as admin. The default password is password. Enable the logging function on your
telnet or serial console connection.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

206 53-1004105-07
 Preparing for replacement

2. Back up the current configuration by entering the configUpload -all. Enter the requested information at the prompts.

NOTE
If you are using the Virtual Fabric feature, run configupload -vf before running the configupload command to save
the logical switch configuration.

This configUpload -all command uploads the device configuration to the customer-defined FTP server, making it available for
downloading. Alternatively, you can save the configuration file to a Brocade USB device. For more information about this
command, refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

switch:admin> configupload
Protocol (scp or ftp) [ftp]: ftp
Server Name or IP Address [host]: 123.123.123.123
User Name [user]: Admin24
File Name [config.txt]: config-switch0.txt
Password:
Upload complete
switch:admin>

3. Record the WWN value: Enter wwn, and then copy the command output into a file named config-miscinfo.txt.

switch:admin> wwn
10:00:00:60:69:00:00:0a

4. Enter ipAddrShow, and then copy the command output into the config-miscinfo.txt file.

switch:admin> ipaddrshow
Chassis
Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.85
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0
CP0
Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.86
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0
Host Name: cp0
Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1
CP1
Ethernet IP Address: 10.33.60.87
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0
Host Name: cp1
Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1
Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5
Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.6
IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled: Yes
Local IPv6 Addresses:
chassis 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred
chassis 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred
cp 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred
cp 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred
cp 1 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred
cp 1 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred
IPv6 Gateways:
cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::3
cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::1
cp 0 fe80:60:69bc:63::2
cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::1
cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::2
cp 1 fe80:60:69bc:63::3

5. Display and record the manufacturer serial numbers.

Enter chassisShow, and then copy the command output into the config-miscinfo.txt file.
"Factory Serial Num" and "Serial Num" are listed under "Chassis/WWN Unit 1" and "Chassis/WWN Unit 2". If the current WWN
cards are the original cards, the factory serial number listed is the same as the chassis serial number.

For example output from the chassisShow command, refer to chassisShow on page 99.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 207
Preparing for replacement

6. Create a SAN "profile" by entering and recording the information provided by the following commands:
• nsShow
• nsAllShow
• switchShow -qsfp
• fabricShow

Copy the command output into a text file named "SANbefor.txt." After the device is restored to the fabric, this information can be
used to verify that no unintentional changes have occurred to the fabric.

switch:admin> nsshow
Enter Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL
<output truncated>
switch:admin> nsallshow
12 Nx_Ports in the Fabric
<output truncated>
switch:admin> switchshow
switchName: switch
<output truncated>
switch:admin> fabricshow
Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name
<output truncated>
switch:admin>

7. Enter licenseShow, and then copy the command output into a text file named "licenseshow.txt."

switch:admin> licenseshow
S9bddb9SQbTAceeC:
Fabric license
eezeRRySff0fSe:
Remote Switch license
bzbzRcbcSc0c0SY:
Remote Fabric license
dSeR9RcSeeTfSAq:
Extended Fabric license
RyeSzRScycTzfT09:
Entry Fabric license
RyeSzRScycazfT0G:
Trunking license
RyeSzRScycS0fT09:
4 Domain Fabric license

8. Enter supportShow; then copy the command output into a text file named "spptshow.txt."

NOTE
The supportShow command has a very long output and time for completion. It may last 20 minutes or longer
depending on the size of the SAN.

This command displays support information from groups of preselected Fabric OS and Linux commands. Groups include os,
exception, port, fabric, services, security, network, portlog, system, extend, filter, ficon, iswitch, asic_db, fcip, ag, dce_hsl, and
crypto. This provides a backup of all the information that might be required by Technical Support and can be used after the
device is restored to the fabric to verify that no unintentional changes have occurred to the fabric.

switch:admin> supportshow
version: 8.0.1
<output truncated>
switch:admin>

9. Record the cable connections between the chassis and the target device and ports.
10. Run supportSave on the active CP blade. The information recorded can be very important in case you have difficulties during
the replacement process.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

208 53-1004105-07
 Removing components from the chassis

Disconnecting from network and fabric

Complete the following steps to disconnect the chassis from the network.

1. Shut down the device using the sysShutdown command on the active CP blade.

switch:admin> sysshutdown
This command will shutdown the operating systems on your switch.
You are required to power-cycle the switch in order to restore operation.
Are you sure you want to shutdown the switch [y/n]?y
HA is disabled
Stopping blade 1
Shutting down the blade....
Stopping blade 2
Shutting down the blade....
Stopping blade 8
Shutting down the blade....
Broadcast message from root (pts/1) Tue April 12 14:23:06 2008...
The system is going down for system halt NOW !!

DANGER
Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

2. Power off the chassis by removing the power cords from the power supplies and the power outlets.
3. Remove the chassis door.
4. Label the cables connected to all blades and record the connections. Per connection, identify the director slot and port, the
device connected, and the slot or port on the connected device.
5. Disconnect the cables from the transceivers in extension, port, and core routing blades and set them aside. For transceivers with
integrated cables, remove the transceivers and cables together and set them aside. Transceivers without integrated cables can
be left in the blades or removed.
6. Disconnect all cables from the CP blades.

Removing components from the chassis

Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions when removing components. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis ground
(if the device is plugged in) or a bench ground.

NOTE
Do not remove WWN cards from the chassis as new WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not
replace the WWN cards in the replacement chassis with the old WWN cards as this will result in licensing and return materials
authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the
license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the RMA process. You should be provided a license for
the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

When removing components, Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to bench ground.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

1. Remove the chassis door (Removing a chassis door on page 199) if not already removed.
2. Remove the cable management comb.
3. Remove the port, extension, blades or filler panels (Removing a blade on page 125 and Removing a filler panel on page 193).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 209
Installing the replacement chassis

4. Remove the core routing blades (Removing a core routing blade on page 138).
5. Remove the control processor blades (Removing a blade on page 155).
6. Remove the power supply assemblies or filler panels (Removing a power supply on page 180).
7. Remove the fan assemblies (Removing a fan assembly on page 190).

Installing the replacement chassis

Complete the following steps to install the replacement chassis.

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

DANGER
A completely empty chassis weighs approximately 35.61 kg (78.5 lb) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

DANGER
A completely empty chassis weighs approximately 35.61 kg (78.5 lb) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

DANGER
Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

1. If the chassis is in a rack, remove it from the rack.

2. Place the chassis on a lift or on the shipping pallet provided with the original chassis and transport to storage location.
3. Unpack the new chassis.
a) Cut the bands that encircle the packaging.
b) Open the top of the shipping box and remove accessory kit, rack mount kits, and foam from the top of the chassis.
c) Lift the cardboard shipping container and inner cardboard sleeve off the chassis.
d) Remove the antistatic plastic off the chassis.
e) Save the packing materials for use when returning the old chassis.
f) Leave the chassis on top the foam shipping tray and wood pallet if the chassis must be transported to the installation
location.
g) Verify the contents of the shipping carton by referring to Items shipped on page 26.
h) Save foam packing material and wooden pallet for reuse.
4. Use a pallet jack or other assisted lift to transport the new chassis to the installation area. Doorways must be wider than 91 cm
(36 in.) to accommodate the chassis on the pallet.
5. Use a lift to raise the chassis to the correct level. If installing the chassis in a rack, follow the instructions provided by the rack kit
manufacturer.

Installing components into the chassis

Follow electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions when installing new components. Wear a wrist grounding strap connected to chassis
ground (if the device is plugged in) or a bench ground.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

210 53-1004105-07
 Synchronizing airflow direction on WWN cards

NOTE
New WWN cards are shipped preinstalled in the replacement chassis. Do not replace the WWN cards in the replacement
chassis with the old WWN cards from chassis that you are replacing. This will result in licensing and return materials
authorization (RMA) issues for your product. The original license will be transferred to the replacement chassis, based on the
license identification (LID) of the new, preinstalled WWN card, through the RMA process. You should be provided a license for
the new chassis through email. If you have not received this, contact your Brocade support representative.

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

1. Record the chassis serial number, SKU, and WWN printed on the chassis label. This label is located on the lower portion of the
chassis on the nonport side beneath the fan assemblies.
You may need this information to transfer licenses to the new chassis.
2. Replace the fan assemblies (Installing a fan assembly on page 192).
3. Replace the power supplies or filler panels (Installing a power supply on page 181).
4. Replace the control processor (CP) blades (Replacing a CP blade on page 148).
5. Replace the core routing (CR) blades (Installing a blade on page 156).
6. Replace the port and extension blades or filler panels (Installing a blade on page 127 and Installing a filler panel on page 194).
7. Replace the cable management comb.
8. Replace the chassis door. The door is required to meet EMI compliance. Refer to Installing a chassis door on page 200.
9. Plug in power cords from power source into all installed power supplies to power on device. Refer to Providing power to the
device on page 48.

The device performs a power-on self-test (POST). The POST takes a minimum of three minutes and is complete when LED
activity returns to the standard state. The power supply LED will light green when power is applied. Note that after one power
supply is plugged into AC power, LEDs on the remaining installed power supplies will flash green until they also have full power.
10. Verify that the device is powered on and POST is complete (all power LED indicators on the blades should be a steady green).
11. Verify that all components are functioning correctly by checking their LEDs. If the LEDs do not indicate correct operation, try
reinstalling the corresponding component.

Synchronizing airflow direction on WWN cards

An airflow direction mismatch may occur if the airflow direction, nonport-side intake (NPI) or nonport-side exhaust (NPE), for installed fan
and power supply assembly FRUs does not match airflow direction set on new WWN cards shipped with replacement chassis.

You can check airflow direction for fans in fan and power supply assemblies installed in device with airflow direction set on WWN cards
by entering the chassisShow command. Airflow direction of fans and power supplies displays as "Fan Direction" under each fan or power
supply unit. System airflow direction displays as "System Airflow" under the WWN card unit.

If the chassisShow command or RASlog messages indicate a mismatch between system airflow direction and airflow direction of fan in
power supply or fan assemblies refer, to Configuring airflow direction on WWN cards on page 171 for instructions on configuring correct
airflow direction on WWN cards.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 211
Downloading the configuration

NOTE
Changing chassis airflow allows you to synchronize established chassis airflow direction from installed fan and power supply
assemblies with airflow direction configured on WWN cards. This procedure may need to be used after replacing WWN cards.
This procedure must be performed when replacing the director chassis, as replacement chassis are shipped with new WWN
cards installed and airflow direction is not configured on these cards. This procedure is not supported for any other purpose.

Downloading the configuration

Once the chassis and its various components have been reassembled and powered back on, use the configDownload command to
restore the original configuration. The configDownload command can be entered through a Telnet or serial session, but the device must
have an Ethernet connection to the server name or IP address of the host for the download process to complete. For more information,
refer to the help configdownload command or the Brocade Fabric OS Command Reference.

Complete the following steps to download the configuration.

1. Log in to the device as admin.

switch:admin> login
login: admin
password: xxxxxxxx
switch:admin>

NOTE
If you are using the Virtual Fabric feature, you must run configdownload -vf before running the configdownload
command to restore the logical switch configuration.

2. Enter the chassisDisable command.

3. Enter the configDownload command.

switch:admin> configdownload -all

Server Name or IP Address [host]: 123.123.123.123
User Name [None]: Admin24
File Name [config.txt]: config-switch.txt
Password: xxxxxxxx
download complete
switch:admin>

4. Reboot the device.

5. Enter the chassisEnable command to enable all user ports and enable a virtual fabric-aware chassis.

Reconnecting system to the network and fabric

Complete the following steps to reconnect the device to the network and fabric.

1. Connect the CP blades to the local area network by following all steps in the following sections:
• Establishing a serial connection to the device on page 55.
• Configuring the IP addresses on page 56.
• Establishing an Ethernet connection to the device on page 58.

NOTE
Once an Ethernet connection is established, the device can be accessed by remote connection using any of the
available management tools, such as Telnet or Web Tools.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

212 53-1004105-07
 Verifying correct operation of system

2. Reconnect the transceivers and cables to the port blades.

NOTE
The ports and cables used in trunking groups must meet specific requirements. For a list of these requirements, refer
to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide.

a) Position one of the transceivers so that the key is oriented correctly to the port and insert the transceiver into the port until it
is firmly seated and the latching mechanism clicks.
b) Select the cable that corresponds to the port and position it so that the key (the ridge on one side of the cable connector) is
aligned with the slot in the transceiver. Insert the cable into the transceiver until the latching mechanism clicks.
c) Repeat step a and step b for the remaining ports.
d) Organize the cables as required.

NOTE
Do not route cables in front of the air exhaust vents.

Verifying correct operation of system

Complete the following steps to verify the correct operation of the device.

1. Log in to the device as admin.

switch:admin> login
login: admin
password: xxxxxxxx
switch:admin>

2. Enter the chassisShow command to verify that airflow direction set on WWN cards matches airflow direction for fans in fan and
power supply assemblies installed in device.
Airflow direction of fans and power supplies displays as "Fan Direction" under each fan or power supply unit. System airflow
direction displays as "System Airflow" under the WWN card unit. The following example shows mismatch of system airflow and
airflow direction in installed fan and power supply.

POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1

Power Source: AC
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
FAN Unit: 2
Fan Direction: Non-portside Intake
...
WWN Unit: 1
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust
...
WWN Unit: 2
System AirFlow: Non-portside Exhaust

The WWN units should indicate "Non-portside Intake." If there is a mismatch of airflow direction, RASlog messages will indicate
a mismatch between system airflow direction and airflow direction of fan in power supply or fan assembly refer to Configuring
airflow direction on WWN cards on page 171 for instructions on configuring correct airflow direction on WWN cards.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 213
Verifying correct operation of system

3. Enter the slotShow -m command and verify that all the installed cards are detected and that their status is operational (enabled).

switch:admin> slotShow -m
Slot Blade Type ID Model Name Status
--------------------------------------------------
1 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED
2 CP BLADE 175 CPX6 ENABLED
3 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
4 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
5 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED
6 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
7 CORE BLADE 176 CR32-8 ENABLED
8 CORE BLADE 176 CR32-8 ENABLED
9 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
10 AP BLADE 186 SX6 ENABLED
11 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
12 SW BLADE 178 FC32-48 ENABLED
switch:admin>

4. Verify that the device is functioning correctly by entering switchShow or switchStatusShow.

This switchShow command displays the device and port status information.

switch15:admin> switchshow
switchshow> switchshow
switchName: sw15
switchType: 166.0
switchState: Online
switchMode: Native
switchRole: Subordinate
switchDomain: 1
switchId: fffc01
switchWwn: 10:00:00:23:f8:f2:15:82
zoning: ON (MPR4k)
switchBeacon: OFF
FC Router: OFF
FC Router BB Fabric ID: 128
Address Mode: 0
Fabric Name: BB1
HIF Mode: OFF
Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto
=======================================================
0 3 0 010000 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:00:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
1 3 1 010100 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:01:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
2 3 2 010200 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:02:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
3 3 3 010300 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:03:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
4 3 4 010400 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:04:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
5 3 5 010500 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:05:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
6 3 6 010600 id 32G Online FC F-Port 20:06:00:27:f8:f3:15:80
(output truncated)

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

214 53-1004105-07
 Verifying correct configuration of the fabric

5. Verify that all the IP address information is correct by entering ipAddrShow and checking the results against the IP information
recorded in the config-miscinfo.txt file.

switch:admin> ipaddrshow
SWITCH
Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.12
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0
Fibre Channel IP Address: 1.2.3.4
Fibre Channel Subnetmask: 255.255.255.0
CP0
Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.10
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0
HostName : cp0
Gateway Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.1
CP1
Ethernet IP Address: xxx.xxx.xxx.11
Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.55.0.0
HostName : cp1
Gateway Address: .1
Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.4
Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.5
switch:admin>switch:admin>

Verifying correct configuration of the fabric

Copying the command outputs from this section into a file is recommended. You must be logged in with Admin privileges.
1. Create an "after" SAN profile by entering the following commands and copying the output to a text file named SANafter.txt:
• nsShow
• nsAllShow
• switchShow
• fabricShow
• lscfg --show (if using the Virtual Fabric feature)

switch:admin> nsshow
Type Pid COS PortName NodeName TTL(sec)
N 020f00; 3;10:00:00:01:73:00:29:46;10:00:00:01:73:00:29:46; na
Fabric Port Name: 20:0f:00:60:69:90:03:f0
<output truncated>
switch:admin> nsallshow
{
020f00 021fda 021fdc 021fe0 021fe1
5 Nx_Ports in the Fabric}
switch:admin> switchshow
switchName: rsl8-st03-01
<output truncated>
switch:admin> fabricshow
Switch ID Worldwide Name Enet IP Addr FC IP Addr Name
<output truncated>
switch:admin>lscfg --show
Created switches: 128(ds) 1 2(bs)
Port 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------------------------------------
FID 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 128 | 128 | 128 | 128 | 128 |
<output truncated>
switch:admin>

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 215
Verifying correct configuration of the fabric

2. Determine any differences between the information in the SANafter.txt file and the information in the SANbefor.txt file created
earlier. In particular, look for differences in the following:
• Device types
• Number of devices
• ISL and port states
• Number of switches in the fabric
3. If an SCC policy exists on the active fabric where you are connecting the new chassis, modify the policy to include the WWN of
the new chassis.
• Refer to the Brocade Fabric OS Administration Guide for information on SCC policy.
• Use the wwn command to determine the WWN of the chassis.
• Use the secPolicyAdd command to modify an existing policy.
4. Resolve any issues or unintentional changes to the device or fabric:
• If there are any mechanical problems, try reseating the associated component.
• If the configuration information is not correct for the device, modify as required.
• If other issues exist, contact your support provider.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

216 53-1004105-07
Brocade X6 Directors Technical
Specifications

System specifications
System component Description

Enclosure Brocade X6-4 Director: 8 blade slots, 8U rack-mountable chassis; 27–31 in. rail, 18–24 in. rail, and airflow
diversion rack mount kits for four-post rack; mid-mount kit for two-post rack.

Brocade X6-8 Director: 12 blade slots, 14U rack-mountable chassis; 27–31 in. and 22 in. rail kits for four-post
rack; mid-mount kit for two-post rack.
Control processor Redundant (active/standby) control processor blades.
Scalability Full fabric architecture: a maximum of 239 switches.
Performance • 4-Gbps line speed, full duplex
• 8-Gbps line speed, full duplex
• 10-Gbps line speed, full duplex
• 16-Gbps line speed, full duplex
• 32-Gbps line speed, full duplex
Autosensing of 4-, 8-,16-, and 32-Gbps port speeds depending on SFPs used. Speed matching between 4-,
8-,16-, and 32-Gbps port speeds. 10-Gbps port speeds with dedicated SFPs.
Slot bandwidth 1,536 Gbps (data rate)
Local switching bandwidth 1.5 Tbps for Brocade FC32-48: 48 ports × 32 Gbps (data rate)
Chassis bandwidth Brocade X6-4 Director: 8 Tbps per chassis (192 ports with 32 Gbps data rate plus 16 4x32 Gbps ICLs)

Brocade X6-8 Director: 16 Tbps per chassis (384 ports with 32 Gbps data rate plus 32 4x32 Gbps ICLs)
ISL trunking Can use up to 8 ports in a trunk group to form a 256-Gbps trunk.
UltraScale ICL bandwidth Brocade X6-4 Director: 2 Tbps; 16 UltraScale ICL ports provide the equivalent of 64 32-Gbps ports. Each
UltraScale ICL port provides 128-Gbps bandwidth over a QSFP (32 Gbps x 4) link.

Brocade X6-8 Director: 4 Tbps; 32 UltraScale ICL ports provide the equivalent of 128 32-Gbps ports. Each
UltraScale ICL port provides 128 Gbps bandwidth over a QSFP (32 Gbps x 4) line.

Both models: Frame-based trunking is enabled between four UltraScale ICLs. DPS distributes exchanges across
all frame trunks.
Power inlet C20: AC power supply.

Anderson Saf-D-Grid® 400: HVAC/HVDC power supply.

Power from nonport side, all power supplies.

Power supplies: Brocade X6-4 Up to two modular, hot-swappable AC power supplies providing 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W
Director (200-240 VAC).

Up to two modular, hot-swappable HVAC/HVDC power supplies providing 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870
W (192-400 VDC or 180-305 VAC).
Power supplies: Brocade X6-8 Up to four modular, hot-swappable AC power supplies providing 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870 W
(200-240 VAC).

Up to four modular, hot-swappable HVAC/HVDC power supplies providing 1450 W (100-120 VAC) and 2870
W (192-400 VDC or 180-305 VAC).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 217
System specifications

System component Description

NOTE
Refer to "Power Supply Requirements" section of this Technical Specification for details on minimum
power supplies required for operation and redundancy.

Cooling Brocade X6-4 Director: Two fan assemblies, nonport-side exhaust or intake, for 1+1 redundancy. Each
assembly contains 2 fans for total of 4. System requires 3 out of 4 functioning fans for operation. One fan
assembly can be hot-swapped, but must be replaced immediately.

Brocade X6-8 Director: Three fan assemblies, nonport-side exhaust or intake, for 2+1 redundancy. Each
assembly contains 2 fans for total of 6. System requires 5 out of 6 functioning fans for operation. One fan
assembly can be hot-swapped, but must be replaced immediately.
System architecture Nonblocking shared memory
System processors FreeScale P4080 (8 core), 1.5 GHz
Aggregate bandwidth Brocade X6-4 Director: 8 Tbps when populated with 192x32 Gbps ports and using 16 ICL ports at 128 Gbps
(including 2 Tbps of ICL bandwidth)

Brocade X6-8 Director: 16 Tbps when populated with 384x32 Gbps and using 32 ICL ports at 128 Gbps
(including 4 Tbps of ICL bandwidth)
Switch latency FC32-48 blade: <900ns (including FEC) any port to any port local switching and 2.7 μsec blade to blade
(including FEC) at 32-Gbps, cut-through routing.

SX6 blade: FC-to-FC <900ns (including FEC) and 2.7 μsec any port to any port at 32 Gbps, cut-through
routing.
Maximum frame size 2112-byte payload
Frame buffers 15000 per CR32 core routing blade ASIC
Port types FC32-48 port blade: F_Port, E_Port, EX_Port, M_Port, SIM, and D_Port

SX6 extension blade: F_Port, FL_Port, E_Port, SIM, and EX_Port on FC, and VE_Port on GbE

NOTE
Self-discovery is based on switch type (U_Port) with an optional port type control.

Data traffic types Fabric switches supporting unicast, multicast (255 groups), and broadcast
Media types FC32-48 port blade: supports Brocade hot-pluggable 32 Gbps SWL/LWL SFP28, 16 Gbps SWL/LWL/ELWL
SFP+, 10 Gbps SWL/LWL SFP

SX6 extension blade: supports hot-pluggable Brocade 32 Gbps SWL/LWL SFP28, 16 Gbps SWL/LWL/ELWL
SFP+, 10 Gbps SWL/LWL SFP, 1 GbE copper SFP, 1GbE 1000Base-SX/LX/CWDM SFP, 10 GbE SR/LR
SFP+; 10 GbE Tunable DWDM 80km SFP+, and 40 GbE SR4/LR4/ER4 QSFP.

CR32-4 and CR32-8 core routing blades: support Brocade-branded, hot-pluggable 4x32 Gbps SWL QSFP,
4x16 Gbps SWL QSFP, 4x16 Gbps 2km LWL QSFP for ICL connections
USB One USB port per control processor for firmware download, support save, and configuration upload or download
Fabric services Advanced Performance Monitoring; Adaptive Networking (Ingress Rate Limiting, Traffic Isolation, QoS); BB credit
recovery; Brocade Advanced Zoning (default zoning, port/WWN zoning, broadcast zoning); Dynamic Path
Selection (DPS); Extended Fabrics; Fabric Vision; FDMI; FICON CUP; Frame Redirection; FSPF; Integrated
Routing; IPFC; ISL Trunking; Management Server; N_Port Trunking; NPIV; NTP v3; Port Fencing; Registered
State Change Notification (RSCN); Reliable Commit Service (RCS); Simple Name Server (SNS); syslog; Flow
Vison; Virtual Fabrics (Logical Switch, Logical Fabric); target-driven zoning; peer zoning
Extension Supports DWDM, CWDM, and FC-SONET devices; Fibre Channel, in-flight compression (Brocade LZO) BB
credit recovery; Extension trunking, FICON Extension, IP Extension, Adaptive Rate Limiting (ARL), data
compression, Fast Write, read/write Tape Pipelining, QoS
FICON FICON cascading; support for lossless DLS; FICON CUP; Advanced Accelerator for FICON (IBM z/OS Global
Mirror and read/write Tape Pipelining)
Inter-chassis link (ICL) Chassis-to-chassis linkage through connectors on the core routing (CR) blade

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

218 53-1004105-07
 LEDs

Fibre channel
System component Description

Fibre Channel ports Brocade X6-4 Director: Up to 192 32-Gbps ports, universal (F_Port, E_Port, EX_Port, M_Port, D_Port, FICON)

Brocade X6-8 Director: Up to 384 32-Gbps ports, universal (E_Port, F_Port, EX_Port, M_Port, D_Port, FICON)
Classes of service Class 2, Class 3, Class F (interswitch frames)
ANSI Fibre Channel protocol FC-PH (Fibre Channel Physical and Signalling Interface standard)
Fabric initialization Complies with FC-SW 5.0
IP Extension (IP over Fibre Complies with FC-IP 2.3 of the FCA profile
Channel)
Port to port latency Local switching: 900 ns (including FEC) any port to any port;

Blade to blade: 2.7 microseconds (including FEC) E_Port to E_Port

Switching capacity An aggregate switching capacity of 13.5 billion frames per second (for Class 2, Class 3, and Class F frames for a
384-port chassis)

LEDs
System component Description

Port status Bicolor (green and amber) Fibre Channel port status LED on port blades displaying nine different LED states
based on FC port activity and status.

Bicolor (green and amber) QSFP ICL port LED on core routing blades displaying four different states based on
activity and status of all four lanes.

Bicolor (green and amber) Fibre Channel port status on extension blades displaying eight different LED states
based on port activity and status.

Bicolor (green and amber) Ethernet port status on extension blades displaying four different LED states based on
port activity and status.
Blade power and status Unicolor (green) displaying power off and power on condition.

Unicolor (amber) LED displaying four different LED states based on blade operation.
CP blade status Unicolor (green) Ethernet link status displaying two different states depending on link operation.

Unicolor (green) Ethernet link activity displaying two different states depending on link operation.

Unicolor (blue) control processor (CP) displaying two different states depending on active or standby status.

Unicolor (bright white) illuminates to indicate blade location (beacon).

WWN card status Unicolor (green) displaying power off and power on condition.

Unicolor (amber) fault LED.

Fan status Unicolor (green) displaying power off and power on condition.

Unicolor (amber) status LED displaying four different LED states based on fan operation.
Power supply status Unicolor (green) power status LED displaying different LED states based on power supply operation.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 219
Other

Other
System component Description

Serial Cable RS-232 serial cable

RJ-45 to DB9 adaptor RS-232 cable has an adapter at one end that can be removed to provide an RJ-45 style connector. For serial
port.
RJ-45 connector For 10/100/1000 Ethernet management port and 10 Gbps Ethernet port on control processor (CP) blades.

NOTE
The 10 Gbps port is reserved for future use.

Weight and physical dimensions

Model Height Width Depth Weight (empty) Weight (fully loaded)

Brocade X6-8 Director 61.23 cm 43.74 cm 61.05 cm 35.61 kg 145.83 kg

24.11 inches 17.23 inches 24.04 inches 78.5 lb 321.5 lb

Weight includes all

blades and four power
supplies.
Brocade X6-8 Director 61.23 cm 43.74 cm 72.96 cm
with door
24.11 inches 17.23 inches 28.72 inches
Brocade X6-4 Director 34.45 cm 43.74 cm 61.04 cm 24.49 kg 68.95 kg

13.56 inches 17.23 inches 24.04 inches 54 lb 152.0 lb

Weight includes all

blades and two power
supplies.
Brocade X6-4 Director 40.00 cm 43.74 cm 61.29 cm
with Airflow Diverter
15.75 inches 17.22 inches 24.09 inches
and Port Side Exhaust
Kit
Brocade X6-4 Director 34.45 cm 43.74 cm 73.20 cm
with door
13.56 inches 17.23 inches 28.82 inches

Blade Description Length Depth Height Weight

CPX6 blade Control processor blade 20.55 cm 34.46 cm 3.28 cm 1.93 kg

8.09 inches 13.57 inches 1.29 inches 4.25 lb

CR32-4 blade Core routing blade for Brocade 42.06 cm 34.13 cm 3.63 cm 3.92 kg
(without media) X6-4 Director
16.56 inches 13.44 inches 1.43 inches 8.65 lb
CR32-8 blade Core routing blade for Brocade 42.06 cm 34.13 cm 3.63 cm 4.87 kg
(without media) X6-8 Director
16.56 inches 13.44 inches 1.43 inches 10.75 lb
FC32-48 port blade 48-port Brocade port blade 42.06 cm 34.13 cm 3.63 cm 4.35 kg
(without media) supporting 4/8/10/16/32
16.56 inches 13.44 inches 1.43 inches 9.6 lb
Gbps

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

220 53-1004105-07
 Power supply specifications (per PSU)

Blade Description Length Depth Height Weight

SX6 extension blade Enables FC extension 42.06 cm 34.13 cm 3.63 cm 5.22 kg
(without media) functionality over existing IP
16.56 inches 13.44 inches 1.43 inches 11.5 lb
infrastructure.

Has 16 FC ports supporting

8/10/16/32 Gbps, 16 GbE
ports supporting 1 or 10 Gbps,
and 2 GbE ports supporting
40 Gbps.

Environmental requirements
Condition Operational Non-operational (storage)

Ambient temperature 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) -25°C to 70°C (-13°F to 158°F)
Relative humidity (non- 5% to 93% at 40°C (104°F) with maximum gradient of 10% to 93% at 70°C (158°F)
condensing) 10% per hour
Altitude (above sea level 0 to 3000 m (10,000 feet) 0 to 12000 m (40,000 feet)
Shock 10 G, 11 ms, half-sine wave 20 G, 11 ms, half-sine wave
Vibration Random vibration is 5-10Hz @ +5db/Oct; Random Vibration is 3–10Hz @ +5db/Oct;
10-200Hz @ 0.0005 Grms; 200-500Hz @ -5db/Oct. 10-200Hz @ 0.0065 Grms; 200-500Hz @ -5db/Oct.
Scale 0.05 Grms Scale 1.12 Grms
Air flow Brocade X6-8 Maximum: 1711 cmh (1007 cfm) N/A

Brocade X6-8 Nominal: ~985 cmh (~580 cfm)

Brocade X6-4 Maximum: 953 cmh (561 cfm)

Brocade X6-4 Nominal: ~486 cmh (~286 cfm)

Heat dissipation Brocade X6-4: refer to Watts and Btu/hr values under VAC N/A
inputs in Typical, Idle, and Maximum Power Consumption
tables.

Brocade X6-8: refer to Watts and Btu/hr values under VAC

inputs in Typical, Idle, and Maximum Power Consumption
tables.
Operating noise Brocade X6-4: 64.2 dB N/A

Brocade X6-8: 68.2 dB

Power supply specifications (per PSU)

Power supply model Maximum Output power vs. input Input line Maximum Input line Maximum inrush
output power voltage frequency input current protection current
rating (DC)

AC power supply 1450/2870 W 1450 W Output 100– 50–60 Hz 16 A Line & 35 A peak for <10
120 VAC (nominal) Neutral ms at cold or warm
FRU numbers: (nominal) Fused start
90–132 VAC (range)
XBR-X6-RACNPIPSU-0104 25 A peak for
2870 W Output 200–
XBR-X6-RACNPEPSU-0104 cycles 10ms–
240 VAC (nominal) 150ms
180–264 VAC (range)

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 221
Power supply requirements

Power supply model Maximum Output power vs. input Input line Maximum Input line Maximum inrush
output power voltage frequency input current protection current
rating (DC)

Less than fuse

rating for >150ms
HVAC/HVDC power supply 1450 W Output 100– 50–60 Hz 16 A Line & 35 A peak for <10
120 VAC(nominal) Neutral ms at cold or warm
FRU numbers: (nominal) Fused start
90–132 VAC (range)
XBR-X6-HVNPIPSU-0104 25 A peak for
2870 W Output 200–
XBR-X6-HVNPEPSU-0104 cycles 10ms–
277 VAC (nominal) 150ms
180–305 VAC (range) Less than fuse
2870 W Output 240– rating for >150ms
380 VDC (nominal)
192–400 VDC (range)

Power supply requirements

The minimum number of power supplies needed in your system for operation and to achieve redundancy depends on the blade and port
configuration and the AC or DC input voltage level. N is minimum number of power supplies to operate configuration, N+N doubles
power supplies for full AC or DC input and DC output redundancy, and N+1 adds additional power supply for DC output redundancy in
case of single power supply failure. Although examples for different port and blade configurations are provided, for more information and
help with determining the actual number of power supplies for your deployment, contact your local Brocade representative.

NOTE
In the following table, HVAC and HVDC indicates voltages from the high-voltage AC and high-voltage DC power supply.

Model name Configured ports Input connection Minimum power Number of power
supplies for operation supplies (redundancy)

Brocade X6-4 Any combination of 32 Gbps ports, 100–120 VAC (low line) 2 Not supported
Extension blades, and QSFP ICLs
200–240 VAC (high line) 1 2 (N+N)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 HVDC
Brocade X6-8 144 32 Gbps ports and QSFP 100–120 VAC (low line) 2 3 (N+1)
ICLs
100–120 VAC (low line) 2 4 (N+N)
200–240 VAC (high line) 1 2 (N+N)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 HVDC
Brocade X6-8 384 32 Gbps ports and QSFP 100–120 VAC (low line) 3 Not supported
ICLs
200–240 VAC (high line) 2 3 (N+1)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 HVDC
200–240 VAC (high line) 2 4 (N+N)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 VDC

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

222 53-1004105-07
 Power consumption for AC power supplies (idle configuration)

Model name Configured ports Input connection Minimum power Number of power
supplies for operation supplies (redundancy)
Brocade X6-8 Any combination of 32 Gbps ports, 100–120 VAC (low line) 3 Not supported
Extension blades, and QSFP ICLs
200–240 VAC (high line) 2 3 (N+1)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 HVDC
200–240 VAC (high line) 2 4 (N+N)

200–277 HVAC (high line)

240–380 HVDC

Power consumption for AC power supplies (typical

configuration)
The typical power consumption configuration features fans at nominal speed and the FC32-48 port blade configured with optics
operating at 50% line rate and random packets (does not include the power draw for the SX6 extension blade).

Model name @100 VAC input @200 VAC input @-48 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes

Brocade X6-4 1407 W 1376 W Not supported 2 power supplies for AC low Line (100– Brocade X6-4 fully
120 VAC) loaded: 2 CP blades,
4802 BTU/hr 4696 BTU/hr 2 CR blades,
1 power supply for AC high line (200– 4 FC32-48 port blades,
240 VAC) 2 fan assemblies
One power supply provides system
power, but two must be installed to
provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 2647 W 2589 W Not supported 3 power supplies for AC low line (100– Brocade X6-8 fully
120 VAC) loaded: 2 CP blades,
9034 BTU/hr 8836 BTU/hr 2 CR blades,
2 power supplies for AC high line (200– 8 FC32-48 port blades,
240 VAC) 3 fan assemblies
Two power supplies provide system
power, but 3 or 4 must be installed to
provide power efficiency and redundancy.

Power consumption for AC power supplies (idle

configuration)
No optics or connections, ports disabled, and system completed boot up, fans at low speed.

Model name @100 VAC input @200 VAC input @-48 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes

Brocade X6-4 840 W 822 W Not supported 2 power supplies for AC low line (100– Brocade X6-4 fully
120 VAC) loaded: 2 CP blades,
2867 BTU/hr 2806 BTU/hr 2 CR blades,
1 power supply for AC high line (200– 4 FC32-48 port blades,
240 VAC) 2 fan assemblies

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 223
Power consumption for AC power supplies (maximum configuration)

Model name @100 VAC input @200 VAC input @-48 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes

One power supply provides system

power, but two must be installed to
provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 1515 W 1481 W Not supported 3 power supplies for AC low line (100– Brocade X6-8 fully
120 VAC) loaded: 2 CP blades,
5171 BTU/hr 5055 BTU/hr 2 CR blades,
2 power supplies for AC high line (200– 8 FC32-48 port blades,
240 VAC) 3 fan assemblies
Two power supplies provide system
power, but 3 or 4 must be installed to
provide power efficiency and redundancy.

Power consumption for AC power supplies (maximum

configuration)
The maximum power consumption configuration features fans at maximum speed and the FC32-48 blade installed with optics. Traffic is
at full-line rate, smallest packet is 64-bytes, 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature, and maximum power for all supported optics. Does not
include the power draw for the SX6 extension blade.

Model name @100 VAC input @200 VAC input @-48 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes

Brocade X6-4 2438 W 2385 W N/A 2 for AC low line (100–120 VAC) Brocade X6-4 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
8322 BTU/hr 8139 BTU/hr 1 for AC high line (200–240 VAC) 2 CR blades,
One power supply provides system 4 FC32-48 port blades,
power, but two must be installed to 2 fan assemblies
provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 4339 W 4244 W N/A 3 for AC low line (100–120 VAC) Brocade X6-8 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
14810 BTU/hr 14485 BTU/hr 2 for AC high line (200–240 VAC) 2 CR blades,
Two power supplies provide system 8 FC32-48 port blades,
power, but 3 or 4 must be installed to 3 fan assemblies
provide power efficiency and redundancy

Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies

(typical configuration)
The typical power consumption configuration features fans at nominal speed and the FC32-48 port blade configured with optics
operating at 50% line rate and random packets (does not include the power draw for the SX6 extension blade).

Model name @240 VDC @380 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes
input
@ 240 or 277 VAC
@ 100 VAC input
input

Brocade X6-4 1361 W 1332 W 1 power supply for DC input (192-400 VDC) Brocade X6-4 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
4645 BTU/hr 4546 BTU/hr 2 power supplies for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
1 power supply for AC high line (200–277 VAC)

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

224 53-1004105-07
 Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies (maximum configuration)

Model name @240 VDC @380 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes
input
@ 240 or 277 VAC
@ 100 VAC input
input
4 FC32-48 port blades,
One power supply provides system power, but two must be
2 fan assemblies
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 2561 W 2506 W 2 power supplies for DC input (192–400 VDC) Brocade X6-8 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
8741 BTU/hr 8553 BTU/hr 3 power supplies for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
2 power supplies for AC high line (200–277 VAC) 8 FC32-48 port blades,
3 fan assemblies
Two power supplies provide system power, but 4 must be
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy.

Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies

(idle configuration)
No optics or connections, ports disabled, and system completed boot up, fans at low speed.

Model name @240 VDC @380 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes
input
@ 240 or 277 VAC
@ 100 VAC input
input

Brocade X6-4 813 W 796 W 1 power supply for DC input (192–400 VDC) Brocade X6-4 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
2775 BTU/hr 2717 BTU/hr 2 power supplies for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
1 power supply for AC high line (200–277 VAC) 4 FC32-48 port blades,
2 fan assemblies
One power supply provides system power, but two must be
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 1465 W 1434 W 2 power supplies for DC input (192–400 VDC) Brocade X6-8 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
5000 BTU/hr 4894 BTU/hr 3 power supplies for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
2 power supplies for AC high line (200–277 VAC) 8 FC32-48 port blades,
3 fan assemblies
Two power supplies provide system power, but 4 must be
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy.

Power consumption for HVAC/HVDC power supplies

(maximum configuration)
The maximum power consumption configuration features fans at maximum speed and the FC32-48 blade installed with optics. Traffic is
at full-line rate, smallest packet is 64-bytes, 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature, and maximum power for all supported optics. Does not
include the power draw for the SX6 extension blade.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 225
Power consumption (modules)

Model name @240 VDC @380 VDC input Minimum number of power supplies Notes
input
@ 240 or 277 VAC
@ 100 VAC input
input

Brocade X6-4 2359 W 2309 W 1 power supply for DC input (192–400 VDC) Brocade X6-4 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
8050 BTU/hr 2309 BTU/hr 2 for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
1 for AC high line (200–277 VAC) 4 FC32-48 port blades,
2 fan assemblies
One power supply provides system power, but two must be
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy.
Brocade X6-8 4198 W 4109 W 2 power supplies for DC input (192–400 VDC) Brocade X6-8 fully
loaded: 2 CP blades,
14328 14023 BTU/hr 3 for AC low line (100–120 VAC) 2 CR blades,
BTU/hr
2 for AC high line (200–277 VAC) 8 FC32-48 port blades,
3 fan assemblies
Two power supplies provide system power, but 4 must be
installed to provide power efficiency and redundancy

Power consumption (modules)

For blades in the following table:
• Idle: blade enabled, chips initialized, no optics, ports disabled.
• Nominal: blade enabled, optics in 50% of ports, passing line rate.
• Maximum: blade enabled, optics installed, traffic, full–line rate, 64-byte smallest packet, 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature,
maximum power for all supported optics.

Module name Module description Power consumption

CPX6 Control Processor Blade Idle = 38 W

Typical = 45 W

Maximum = 50 W
CR32-4 Core Routing Blade for Brocade X6-4 Idle = 95 W

Typical = 160 W

Maximum = 244 W
CR32-8 Core Routing Blade for Brocade X6-8 Idle = 180 W

Typical = 342 W

Maximum = 450 W
SX6 Extension Blade Idle = 300 W

Typical = 340 W

Maximum = 420 W
FC32-48 48 x 32 Gbps Port Blade Idle = 95 W

Typical = 160 W

Maximum = 245 W
WWN card World Wide Name card Idle = 1 W

Typical = 1 W

Maximum = 1 W

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

226 53-1004105-07
 Data port specifications (Fibre Channel)

Module name Module description Power consumption

Fan assembly Fan assembly containing two fans Idle = 50 W

Nominal = 100 W

Maximum = 300 W

Fibre Channel data transmission ranges

Port speed (Gbps) Cable size (microns) Short wavelength (SWL) Long wavelength (LWL) Extended long wavelength (ELWL)

4 50 150 m (492 ft) (OM2) N/A N/A

380 m (1,264 ft) (OM3)

400 m (1,312 ft) (OM4)

62.5 70 m (229 ft) N/A N/A
9 N/A 30 km (18.6 miles) N/A
8 50 50 m (164 ft) (OM2) N/A N/A

150 m (492 ft) (OM3)

190 m (623 ft) (OM4)

62.5 21 m (68 ft) N/A N/A
9 N/A 10 km (6.2 miles) N/A
10 50 82 m (269 ft) (OM2) N/A N/A

300 m (984 ft) (OM3)

550 m (1,804 ft) (OM4)

62.5 33 m (108 ft) N/A N/A
9 N/A 10 km (6.2 miles) N/A
16 50 35 m (115 ft) (OM2) N/A N/A

100 m (328 ft) (OM3)

125 m (410 ft) (OM4)

62.5 15 m (49 ft) N/A N/A
9 N/A 10 km (6.2 miles) N/A
32 50 20 m (65.6 ft) (OM2) N/A N/A

70 m (230 ft) (OM3)

100 m (328 ft) (OM4)

62.5 10 m (32.8 ft) N/A N/A
9 N/A 10 km (6.2 miles) N/A

Data port specifications (Fibre Channel)

Name Number of ports Description

Brocade X6-4 192 32 Gbps (E, F, D, M, and EX) Fibre Channel ports using four 48-port 32 Gbps Fibre Channel port blades.
Brocade X6-8 384 32 Gbps (E, F, D, M, and EX) Fibre Channel ports using four 48-port 32 Gbps Fibre Channel port blades.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 227
Class 1M transceiver specification

Class 1M transceiver specification

Specification Standards approval Description

Class 1M Pass Radiation output and standards information

<3.1 mW N/A Max output of laser radiation
N/A N/A Pulse duration
840-860 nm N/A Emitted wavelength(s)
IEC 60825-1:2007 Pass The name and publication date of the standard

IEC 60825-2:A2/2010

Serial port specifications (pinout RJ-45)

Pin Signal Description

1 Not supported NA
2 Not supported NA
3 UART1_RXD Transmit data
4 GND Logic ground
5 GND Logic ground
6 UART1_TXD Receive data
7 Not supported NA
8 Not supported NA

Serial port specifications (protocol)

Parameter Value

Baud 9600
Data bits 8
Parity None
Flow control None

NOTE
Flow control on customer terminal servers.

Memory specifications (per CP blade)

Memory Type Size

Main memory DDR3 MiniDIMM 16 GB

Boot flash On-board NAND 4 MB
Compact flash eUSB 16 GB

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

228 53-1004105-07
 Regulatory compliance (environmental)

Regulatory compliance (EMC)

• FCC Part 15, Subpart B (Class A)
• EN 55022 (CE mark) (Class A)
• EN 55024 (CE mark) (Immunity) for Information Technology Equipment
• ICES-003 (Canada) (Class A)
• AS/NZ 55022 (Australia) (Class A)
• VCCI (Japan) (Class A)
• EN 61000-3-2
• EN 61000-3-3
• EN 61000-6-1

Regulatory compliance (safety)

• CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950/UL 60950
• EN 60825 Safety of Laser Products
• EN 60950/IEC 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment

Regulatory compliance (environmental)

• 2011/65/EU - Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substance in electrical and electronic equipment (EU RoHS).
• 2012/19/EU - Waste electrical and electronic equipment (EU WEEE).
• 94/62/EC - packaging and packaging waste (EU).
• 2006/66/EC - batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators (EU battery directive).
• 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation,
Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (EU REACH).
• Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 - U.S. Conflict Minerals.
• 30/2011/TT-BCT - Vietnam circular.
• SJ/T 11363-2006 Requirements for Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in EIPs (China).
• SJ/T 11364-2006 Marking for the Control of Pollution Caused by EIPs (China).

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 229
 Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide
230 53-1004105-07
Regulatory Statements
• BSMI statement (Taiwan).............................................................................................................................................................................231
• Canadian requirements................................................................................................................................................................................ 231
• CE statement....................................................................................................................................................................................................231
• China ROHS.....................................................................................................................................................................................................232
• FCC warning (US only)................................................................................................................................................................................. 232
• KCC statement (Republic of Korea).........................................................................................................................................................232
• VCCI statement............................................................................................................................................................................................... 232
• Germany statement....................................................................................................................................................................................... 232

BSMI statement (Taiwan)

Warning:

This is Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to
take adequate measures.

Canadian requirements
This Class A digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, ICES-003 Class A.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

CE statement
ATTENTION
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product might cause radio interference, and the user might be
required to take corrective measures.

The standards compliance label on this device contains the CE mark which indicates that this system conforms to the provisions of the
following European Council directives, laws, and standards:
• Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2014/30/EU
• Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2014/35/EU
• EN 55032/EN 55024 (European Immunity Requirements)
– EN61000-3-2/JEIDA (European and Japanese Harmonics Spec)
– EN61000-3-3

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 231
China ROHS

China ROHS
Refer to the latest revision of the China ROHS document (P/N 53‐1000428‐xx) which ships with the product.

FCC warning (US only)

This equipment has been tested and complies with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment.

This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction
manual, might cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause
harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the user’s own expense.

KCC statement (Republic of Korea)

Class A device (Broadcasting Communication Device for Office Use): This device obtained EMC registration for office use (Class A), and
may be used in places other than home. Sellers and/or users need to take note of this.

VCCI statement

This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment
(VCCI). If this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio disturbance might arise. When such trouble occurs, the user might be
required to take corrective actions.

Germany statement
Machine noise information regulation - 3. GPSGV, the highest sound pressure level value is 68.2 dB(A) in accordance with EN ISO
7779.

Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung - 3. GPSGV, der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 68.2 dB(A) gemäss EN ISO 7779.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

232 53-1004105-07
Cautions and Danger Notices
• Cautions..............................................................................................................................................................................................................233
• Danger Notices................................................................................................................................................................................................238

Cautions
A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware, firmware, software, or
data.

Ein Vorsichthinweis warnt Sie vor potenziellen Personengefahren oder Beschädigung der Hardware, Firmware, Software oder auch vor
einem möglichen Datenverlust

Un message de mise en garde vous alerte sur des situations pouvant présenter un risque potentiel de dommages corporels ou de
dommages matériels, logiciels ou de perte de données.

Un mensaje de precaución le alerta de situaciones que pueden resultar peligrosas para usted o causar daños en el hardware, el firmware,
el software o los datos.

General cautions
CAUTION
If fan assembly LED operation indicates a fault or no power, verify that fan is fully seated in the chassis and that captive
screws securing fan in the chassis are fully tightened. If screws are loose, pressure from fans may unseat the fan from
chassis connectors.

VORSICHT Wenn eine leuchtende Lüftermontage-LED auf einen Fehler oder fehlende Stromversorgung hinweist, überprüfen Sie, ob der
Lüfter vollständig in das Chassis eingesetzt wurde und ob die unverlierbaren Schrauben, mit denen der Lüfter am Chassis
befestigt ist, vollständig angezogen sind. Wenn die Schrauben locker sind, kann der Lüfter durch den Lüfterdruck
möglicherweise angehoben und von den Chassis-Anschlüssen getrennt werden.
MISE EN GARDE Si le voyant à DEL d'un ventilateur indique une défaillance ou une panne de courant, vérifiez que le ventilateur est bien logé
dans le châssis et que les vis qui fixent le ventilateur au châssis sont bien serrées. Si les vis sont desserrées, la pression créée
par les ventilateurs peut déplacer le ventilateur suffisament pour qu'il se connecte du châssis.
PRECAUCIÓN Si el LED del montaje del ventilador/abanico indica una falla o una falta de energía, compruebe que el ventilador/abanico esté
completamente asentado en el chasis y que los tornillos cautivos que sujetan el ventilador en el chasis estén completamente
ajustados. Si los tornillos están sueltos, la presión de los ventiladores puede desmontar o desprender el ventilador de los
conectores del chasis.

CAUTION
Changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

VORSICHT Falls dieses Gerät verändert oder modifiziert wird, ohne die ausdrückliche Genehmigung der für die Einhaltung der
Anforderungen verantwortlichen Partei einzuholen, kann dem Benutzer der weitere Betrieb des Gerätes untersagt werden.
MISE EN GARDE Les éventuelles modifications apportées à cet équipement sans avoir été expressément approuvées par la partie responsable
d'en évaluer la conformité sont susceptibles d'annuler le droit de l'utilisateur à utiliser cet équipement.
PRECAUCIÓN Si se realizan cambios o modificaciones en este dispositivo sin la autorización expresa de la parte responsable del
cumplimiento de las normas, la licencia del usuario para operar este equipo puede quedar anulada.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 233
Cautions

CAUTION
Disassembling any part of the power supply and fan assembly voids the warranty and regulatory certifications. There are no
user-serviceable parts inside the power supply and fan assembly.

VORSICHT Das Zerlegen von Netzteilen oder Lüftereinheiten macht die Garantie und die gesetzlichen Zertifizierungen ungültig. Die
Netzteile und Lüftereinheiten enthalten keine Teile, die vom Benutzer gewartet werden können.
MISE EN GARDE Le démontage d'une pièce du bloc d'alimentation ou du ventilateur annule la garantie et les certificats de conformité. Aucune
pièce du bloc de l'alimentation ou du ventilateur ne peut être réparée par l'utilisateur.
PRECAUCIÓN Si se desmonta cualquier pieza del módulo de fuente de alimentación y ventiladores, la garantía y las certificaciones
normativas quedan anuladas. En el interior del módulo de fuente de alimentación y ventiladores no hay piezas que pueda
reparar el usuario.

CAUTION
Make sure the airflow around the front, and back of the device is not
restricted.

VORSICHT Stellen Sie sicher, dass an der Vorderseite, den Seiten und an der Rückseite der Luftstrom nicht behindert wird.
MISE EN GARDE Vérifiez que rien ne restreint la circulation d'air devant, derrière et sur les côtés du dispositif et qu'elle peut se faire librement.
PRECAUCIÓN Asegúrese de que el flujo de aire en las inmediaciones de las partes anterior, laterales y posterior del instrumento no esté
restringido.

CAUTION
Ensure that the airflow direction of the power supply unit matches that of the installed fan tray. The power supplies and fan
trays are clearly labeled with either a green arrow with an "E", or an orange arrow with an "I."

VORSICHT Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Luftstromrichtung des Netzteils der eingebauten Lüftereinheit entspricht. Die Netzteile und
Lüftereinheiten sind eindeutig mit einem grünen Pfeil und dem Buchstaben "E" oder einem orangefarbenen Pfeil mit dem
Buchstaben "I" gekennzeichnet.
MISE EN GARDE Veillez à ce que le sens de circulation de l'air du bloc d'alimentation corresponde à celui du tiroir de ventilation installé. Les
blocs d'alimentation et les tiroirs de ventilation sont étiquetés d'une flèche verte avec un "E " ou d'une flèche orange avec un "
I ".
PRECAUCIÓN Asegúrese de que la dirección del flujo de aire de la unidad de alimentación se corresponda con la de la bandeja del ventilador
instalada. Los dispositivos de alimentación y las bandejas del ventilador están etiquetadas claramente con una flecha verde y
una "E" o con una flecha naranja y una "I".

CAUTION
To protect the serial port from damage, keep the cover on the port when not in use.

VORSICHT Um den seriellen Anschluss vor Beschädigungen zu schützen, sollten Sie die Abdeckung am Anschluss belassen, wenn er
nicht verwendet wird.
MISE EN GARDE Mettre le bouchon de protection sur le port série lorsqu'il ne sert pas pour éviter de l'endommager.
PRECAUCIÓN Para evitar que se dañe el puerto serie, mantenga la cubierta colocada sobre el puerto cuando no lo utilice.

CAUTION
Never leave tools inside the chassis.

VORSICHT Lassen Sie keine Werkzeuge im Chassis zurück.

MISE EN GARDE Ne laissez jamais d'outils à l'intérieur du châssis
PRECAUCIÓN No deje nunca herramientas en el interior del chasis.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

234 53-1004105-07
 Cautions

CAUTION
Use the screws specified in the procedure. Using longer screws can damage the
device.

VORSICHT Verwenden Sie die in der Anleitung aufgeführten Schrauben. Mit längeren Schrauben wird das Gerät möglicherweise
beschädigt.
MISE EN GARDE Utilisez les vis mentionnées dans les instructions. L'utilisation de vis plus longues peut endommager l'appareil.
PRECAUCIÓN Utilice los tornillos especificados en el procedimiento. Si utiliza tornillos de mayor longitud, podría dañar el dispositivo.

CAUTION
To avoid damaging blade and chassis, do not push the blade into a slot or pull the blade from a slot using the ejector
handles.

VORSICHT Um Beschädigung von Blade und Chassis zu vermeiden drücken sie das Blade nicht mithilfe des Auswurfhebels in einen Slot
bzw. ziehen es heraus.
MISE EN GARDE Pour éviter d’endommager une lame et le châssis, ne pas pousser la lame dans une fente ou retirer la lame d'une fente en
utilisant les poignées d'éjection.
PRECAUCIÓN Para evitar dañar la placa y el chasis, no coloque la placa en la ranura ni la retire de la ranura usando los mangos eyectores.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to lift or support the chassis by the logo bezel attached over the port-side air vents.

VORSICHT Versuchen Sie nicht das Chassis über die Logo-Blende anzuheben oder zu stützen, welche über den portseitigen
Luftauslässen angebracht ist.
MISE EN GARDE Ne tentez pas de soulever ou de soutenir le châssis par la plaque du logo qui est fixée sur les bouches d'aération et située sur
le côté des ports.
PRECAUCIÓN No intente levantar ni sostener el chasis sujetando el bisel del logotipo colocado sobre las ventilas que se encuentra al lado
del puerto Ethernet de la puerta.

CAUTION
Remove the logo bezel protective cover on the port side of chassis before applying power. This cover is attached over the
air vents. If not removed, the chassis can overheat and will eventually shut down.

VORSICHT Entfernen sie die Logo-Blendenschutzabdeckung auf der Portseite des Chassis, bevor sie das Gerät mit Strom versorgen.
Diese Abdeckung befindet sich über den Luftauslässen. Wenn diese nicht entfernt wird, kann das Chassis überhitzen und
heruntergefahren werden.
MISE EN GARDE Retirez le couvercle de protection de la plaque du logo située sur le côté des ports du châssis avant de mettre sous tension.
Ce couvercle est fixé sur les bouches d'aération. S’il n’est pas retiré, le châssis peut surchauffer et éventuellement s'arrêter.
PRECAUCIÓN Retire la cubierta de protección del bisel del logotipo que se encuentra al lado del puerto Ethernet del chasis antes de ejercer
fuerza. Esta cubierta se coloca sobre las ventilas. Si no se retira, el chasis puede sobrecalentarse y eventualmente apagarse.

Electrical cautions
CAUTION
Use a separate branch circuit for each power cord, which provides redundancy in case one of the circuits fails.

VORSICHT Es empfiehlt sich die Installation eines separaten Stromkreiszweiges für jede Elektroschnur als Redundanz im Fall des Ausfalls
eines Stromkreises.
MISE EN GARDE Utilisez un circuit de dérivation différent pour chaque cordon d’alimentation ainsi, il y aura un circuit redondant en cas de
panne d’un des circuits.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 235
Cautions

PRECAUCIÓN Use un circuito derivado separado para cada cordón de alimentación, con lo que se proporcionará redundancia en caso de
que uno de los circuitos falle.

CAUTION
For the NEBS-compliant installation of a Brocade device , use a ground wire of at least 2 AWG. The ground wire should
have an agency-approved crimped connector (provided with the device) attached to one end, with the other end attached to
building ground. The connector must be crimped with the proper tool, allowing it to be connected to both ground screws on
the enclosure. Before crimping the ground wire into the provided ground lug, ensure that the bare copper wire has been
cleaned and antioxidant is applied to the bare wire. In addition, anti-rotation devices or lock washers must be used with all
screw connections for the grounding wire.

VORSICHT Zur NEBS-konformen Installation eines Brocade Geräts muss zur Erdung ein Kabel der Stärke von mindestens 2 AWG
verwendet werden. Das Erdungskabel muss an einem Ende mit einem zugelassenen Crimp-Anschluss (im Lieferumfang des
Geräts) versehen sein und mit dem anderen Ende an die Gebäude-Erde angeschlossen werden. Der Anschluss muss mit
einem geeigneten Werkzeug gecrimpt werden, damit er mit den beiden Erdungsschrauben auf dem Gehäuse verbunden
werden kann. Bevor das Erdungskabel an die Erdungsöse angeschlossen wird, muss der blanke Kupferdraht gereinigt und mit
einem Antioxidationsmittel behandelt werden. Außerdem müssen bei allen Schraubverbindungen des Erdungskabels
Drehsicherungen oder Sicherungsscheiben verwendet werden.
MISE EN GARDE Pour garantir la conformité de l'installation d'un dispositif Brocade à la norme NEBS, utilisez un câble de mise à la terre d'au
moins 2 AWG. Le câble de mise à la terre doit être muni d'une cosse sertie homologuée (fournie avec l'appareil) à une
extrémité, l'autre extrémité étant reliée à la terre. La cosse doit être sertie avec l'outil adéquat, ce qui permet de la relier aux
deux vis de mise à la terre du boîtier. Avant de sertir le câble de mise à la terre dans la cosse fournie, assurez-vous que le fil
de cuivre dénudé a été nettoyé et qu'un antioxydant a été appliqué. De plus, des dispositifs antirotation ou des rondelles de
frein doivent être utilisés avec tous les raccords vissés au câble de mise à la terre.
PRECAUCIÓN Para que la instalación de un dispositivo sea conforme a la certificación NEBS, utilice un cable de conexión a tierra de calibre
AWG 2 como mínimo. El cable de conexión a tierra debe disponer de un conector engarzado homologado (suministrado con
el dispositivo) unido a un extremo de modo que el otro extremo se conecte a la toma de tierra. El conector se debe engarzar
con la herramienta adecuada de forma que se pueda conectar a los dos tornillos de conexión a tierra del compartimento.
Antes de engarzar el cable de conexión a tierra a la patilla de conexión a tierra proporcionada, asegúrese de limpiar y aplicar
antioxidante al alambre pelado de cobre. Además, deben emplearse los seguros contra giro o las arandelas de sujeción en
todas las uniones atornilladas del cable de toma de tierra.

CAUTION
Before plugging a cable into any port, be sure to discharge the voltage stored on the cable by touching the electrical
contacts to ground surface.

VORSICHT Bevor Sie ein Kabel in einen Anschluss einstecken, entladen Sie jegliche im Kabel vorhandene elektrische Spannung, indem
Sie mit den elektrischen Kontakten eine geerdete Oberfläche berühren.
MISE EN GARDE Avant de brancher un câble à un port, assurez-vous de décharger la tension du câble en reliant les contacts électriques à la
terre.
PRECAUCIÓN Antes de conectar un cable en cualquier puerto, asegúrese de descargar la tensión acumulada en el cable tocando la
superficie de conexión a tierra con los contactos eléctricos.

CAUTION
Static electricity can damage the chassis and other electronic devices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in
their static-protective packages until you are ready to install them.

VORSICHT Statische Elektrizität kann das System und andere elektronische Geräte beschädigen. Um Schäden zu vermeiden, entnehmen
Sie elektrostatisch empfindliche Geräte erst aus deren antistatischer Schutzhülle, wenn Sie bereit für den Einbau sind.
MISE EN GARDE L'électricité statique peut endommager le châssis et les autres appareils électroniques. Pour éviter tout dommage, conservez
les appareils sensibles à l'électricité statique dans leur emballage protecteur tant qu'ils n'ont pas été installés.
PRECAUCIÓN La electricidad estática puede dañar el chasis y otros dispositivos electrónicos. A fin de impedir que se produzcan daños,
conserve los dispositivos susceptibles de dañarse con la electricidad estática dentro de los paquetes protectores hasta que
esté listo para instalarlos.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

236 53-1004105-07
 Cautions

CAUTION
All devices with AC power sources are intended for installation in restricted access areas only. A restricted access area is a
location where access can be gained only by trained service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or
other means of security.

VORSICHT Alle Geräte mit Wechselstromquellen sind nur zur Installation in Sperrbereichen bestimmt. Ein Sperrbereich ist ein Ort, zu
dem nur ausgebildetes Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeug, Schloss und Schlüssel oder einer anderen
Schutzvorrichtung Zugang hat.
MISE EN GARDE Tous les équipements dotés de sources d'alimentation C.A. sont destinés à être installés uniquement dans des zones à accès
réglementé. Une zone à accès réglementé est une zone dont l'accès n'est possible qu'au personnel de service qualifié utilisant
un verrou, une clé ou un outil spécial, ou d'autres moyens de sécurité.
PRECAUCIÓN Todos los dispositivos con fuentes de alimentación de corriente alterna (AC), están diseñados únicamente para su instalación
en zonas de acceso restringido. Se entiende como área de acceso restringido un lugar al que solo puede acceder personal de
servicio mediante el uso de una herramienta especial, llave y cerrojo u otro medio de seguridad similar, y que esté controlado
por la autoridad responsable de esa ubicación.

CAUTION
If you do not install a module or a power supply in a slot, you must keep the slot filler panel in place. If you run the chassis
with an uncovered slot, the system will overheat.

VORSICHT Falls kein Modul oder Netzteil im Steckplatz installiert wird, muss die Steckplatztafel angebracht werden. Wenn ein Steckplatz
nicht abgedeckt wird, läuft das System heiß.
MISE EN GARDE Si vous n’installez pas de module ou de bloc d'alimentation dans un slot, vous devez laisser le panneau du slot en place. Si
vous faites fonctionner le châssis avec un slot découvert, le système surchauffera.
PRECAUCIÓN Si no instala un módulo o un fuente de alimentación en la ranura, deberá mantener el panel de ranuras en su lugar. Si pone en
funcionamiento el chasis con una ranura descubierta, el sistema sufrirá sobrecalentamiento.

CAUTION
The maximum input voltage for connection to the HVAC/HVDC power supply should not exceed 305 VAC and 400 VDC .

VORSICHT Die maximale Eingangsspannung für die Verbindung mit der HS Wechselstrom/HGÜ-Stromversorgung darf 305 V
Wechselstrom und 400 V Gleichstrom nicht übersteigen.
MISE EN GARDE La tension maximale d'entrée pour la connexion à l'alimentation CVCA/CVDC ne doit pas dépasser 305 VCA et 400 VDC .
PRECAUCIÓN La tensión máxima de entrada para la conexión a la fuente de alimentación HVAC/HVDC no debe exceder 305 VAC y 400
VDC.

Cautions related to equipment weight

CAUTION
Do not use the port cover tabs to lift the module. They are not designed to support the weight of the module, which can fall
and be damaged.

VORSICHT Verwenden Sie nicht die Laschen der Anschlussabdeckungen um ein Modul anzuheben. Diese sind nicht auf das Gewicht des
Moduls ausgelegt, welches herunterfallen und dabei beschädigt werden kann.
MISE EN GARDE N'utilisez pas les languettes du boîtier du port pour soulever le module. Elles ne sont pas conçues pour supporter le poids du
module, qui peut tomber et être endommagé.
PRECAUCIÓN No utilice las pestañas de la tapa del puerto para levantar el módulo. No están diseñadas para soportar el peso del módulo,
por lo que este podría caerse y resultar dañado.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 237
Danger Notices

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the chassis and components, never attempt to lift the chassis using the fan or power supply handles.
These handles were not designed to support the weight of the chassis.

VORSICHT Alle Geräte mit Wechselstromquellen sind nur zur Installation in Sperrbereichen bestimmt. Ein Sperrbereich ist ein Ort, zu
dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeug, Schloss und Schlüssel oder einer anderen Schutzvorrichtung Zugang
hat.
MISE EN GARDE Pour éviter d'endommager le châssis et les composants, ne jamais tenter de soulever le châssis par les poignées du
ventilateur ou de l'alimentation. Ces poignées n'ont pas été conçues pour supporter le poids du châssis.
PRECAUCIÓN Para prevenir daños al chasis y a los componentes, nunca intente levantar el chasis usando las asas de la fuente de
alimentación o del ventilador. Tales asas no han sido diseñadas para soportar el peso del chasis.

Danger Notices
A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you. Safety labels are also
attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations.

Ein Gefahrenhinweis warnt vor Bedingungen oder Situationen die tödlich sein können oder Sie extrem gefährden können.
Sicherheitsetiketten sind direkt auf den jeweiligen Produkten angebracht um vor diesen Bedingungen und Situationen zu warnen.

Un énoncé de danger indique des conditions ou des situations potentiellement mortelles ou extrêmement dangereuses. Des étiquettes
de sécurité sont posées directement sur le produit et vous avertissent de ces conditions ou situations.

Una advertencia de peligro indica condiciones o situaciones que pueden resultar potencialmente letales o extremadamente peligrosas.
También habrá etiquetas de seguridad pegadas directamente sobre los productos para advertir de estas condiciones o situaciones.

General dangers
DANGER
The procedures in this manual are for qualified service personnel.

GEFAHR Die Vorgehensweisen in diesem Handbuch sind für qualifiziertes Servicepersonal bestimmt.
DANGER Les procédures décrites dans ce manuel doivent être effectuées par un personnel de maintenance qualifié.
PELIGRO Los procedimientos de este manual deben llevarlos a cabo técnicos cualificados.

Dangers related to equipment weight

DANGER
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

GEFAHR Beim Bewegen des Produktes ist auf eine sichere Hubtechnik zu achten.
DANGER Utiliser des techniques de levage sûres pour déplacer le produit.
PELIGRO Tenga mucho cuidado al levantar el producto para moverlo

DANGER
Make sure the rack housing the device is adequately secured to prevent it from becoming unstable or falling over.

GEFAHR Stellen Sie sicher, dass das Gestell für die Unterbringung des Geräts auf angemessene Weise gesichert ist, so dass das
Gestell oder der Schrank nicht wackeln oder umfallen kann.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

238 53-1004105-07
 Danger Notices

DANGER Vérifiez que le bâti abritant le dispositif est bien fixé afin qu'il ne devienne pas instable ou qu'il ne risque pas de tomber.
PELIGRO Verifique que el bastidor que alberga el instrumento está asegurado correctamente para evitar que pueda hacerse inestable o
que caiga.

DANGER
Mount the devices you install in a rack as low as possible. Place the heaviest device at the bottom and progressively place
lighter devices above.

GEFAHR Montieren Sie die Geräte im Gestell so tief wie möglich. Platzieren Sie das schwerste Gerät ganz unten, während leichtere
Geräte je nach Gewicht (je schwerer desto tiefer) darüber untergebracht werden.
DANGER Montez les dispositifs que vous installez dans un bâti aussi bas que possible. Placez le dispositif le plus lourd en bas et le plus
léger en haut, en plaçant tous les dispositifs progressivement de bas en haut du plus lourd au plus léger.
PELIGRO Monte los instrumentos que instale en un bastidor lo más bajos posible. Ponga el instrumento más pesado en la parte inferior
y los instrumentos progresivamente más livianos más arriba.

DANGER
A completely empty chassis weighs approximately 35.61 kg (78.5 lb) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

GEFAHR Ein unbestücktes Gerät wiegt etwa 35.61 kg und erfordert zur Installation eine hydraulische oder Servo-Hebevorrichtung.
DANGER Un commutateur incomplet pèse environ 35.61 kg et requiert un dispositif de levage hydraulique ou électrique pour
l'installation.
PELIGRO Un chasis con la configuración incomplete pesa aproximadamente 35.61 kg (78.5 libras) y requiere un elevador hidráulico o
asistido para realizar su instalación.

DANGER
A fully populated chassis weighs approximately 145.83 kg (321.5 lbs) and requires a hydraulic or assisted lift to install it.

GEFAHR Ein vollständig bestücktes Gerät wiegt etwa 145.83 kg kg und erfordert zur Installation eine hydraulische oder Servo-
Hebevorrichtung.
DANGER Un commutateur complet pèse environ 145.83 kg kg et requiert un dispositif de levage hydraulique ou électrique pour
l'installation.
PELIGRO Un chasis con la configuración completa pesa aproximadamente 145.83 kg (321.5 libras) y requiere un elevador hidráulico o
asistido para realizar su instalación.

Electrical dangers
DANGER
Make sure that the power source circuits are properly grounded, then use the power cord supplied with the device to
connect it to the power source.

GEFAHR Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Stromkreise ordnungsgemäß geerdet sind. Benutzen Sie dann das mit dem Gerät gelieferte
Stromkabel, um es an die Srromquelle anzuschließen.
DANGER Vérifiez que les circuits de sources d'alimentation sont bien mis à la terre, puis utilisez lecordon d'alimentation fourni avec le
dispositif pour le connecter à la source d'alimentation.
PELIGRO Verifique que circuitos de la fuente de corriente están conectados a tierra correctamente; luego use el cordón de potencia
suministrado con el instrumento para conectarlo a la fuente de corriente

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 239
Danger Notices

DANGER
Before beginning the installation, see the precautions in “Power precautions.”

GEFAHR Vor der Installation siehe Vorsichtsmaßnahmen unter “Power Precautions” (Vorsichtsmaßnahmen in Bezug auf elektrische
Ablagen).
DANGER Avant de commencer l'installation, consultez les précautions décrites dans “Power Precautions” (Précautions quant à
l'alimentation).
PELIGRO Antes de comenzar la instalación, consulte las precauciones en la sección “Power Precautions” (Precauciones sobre corriente).

DANGER
For safety reasons, the ESD wrist strap should contain a series 1 megaohm resistor.

GEFAHR Aus Sicherheitsgründen sollte ein EGB-Armband zum Schutz von elektronischen gefährdeten Bauelementen mit einem 1
Megaohm-Reihenwiderstand ausgestattet sein.
DANGER Pour des raisons de sécurité, la dragonne ESD doit contenir une résistance de série 1 méga ohm.
PELIGRO Por razones de seguridad, la correa de muñeca ESD deberá contener un resistor en serie de 1 mega ohmio.

DANGER
If the installation requires a different power cord than the one supplied with the device, make sure you use a power cord
displaying the mark of the safety agency that defines the regulations for power cords in your country. The mark is your
assurance that the power cord can be used safely with the device.

GEFAHR Falls für die Installation ein anderes Stromkabel erforderlich ist (wenn das mit dem Gerät gelieferte Kabel nicht passt), müssen
Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie ein Stromkabel mit dem Siegel einer Sicherheitsbehörde verwenden, die für die Zertifizierung von
Stromkabeln in Ihrem Land zuständig ist. Das Siegel ist Ihre Garantie, dass das Stromkabel sicher mit Ihrem Gerät verwendet
werden kann.
DANGER Si l'installation nécessite un cordon d'alimentation autre que celui fourni avec le dispositif, assurez-vous d'utiliser un cordon
d'alimentation portant la marque de l'organisation responsable de la sécurité qui définit les normes et régulations pour les
cordons d'alimentation dans votre pays. Cette marque vous assure que vous pouvez utiliser le cordon d'alimentation avec le
dispositif en toute sécurité.
PELIGRO Si la instalación requiere un cordón de corriente distinto al que se ha suministrado con el instrumento, verifique que usa un
cordón de corriente que venga con la marca de la agencia de seguridad que defina las regulaciones para cordones de
corriente en su país. Esta marca será su garantía de que el cordón de corriente puede ser utilizado con seguridad con el
instrumento.

DANGER
Disconnect the power cord from all power sources to completely remove power from the device.

GEFAHR Ziehen Sie das Stromkabel aus allen Stromquellen, um sicherzustellen, dass dem Gerät kein Strom zugeführt wird.
DANGER Débranchez le cordon d'alimentation de toutes les sources d'alimentation pour couper complètement l'alimentation du
dispositif.
PELIGRO Para desconectar completamente la corriente del instrumento, desconecte el cordón de corriente de todas las fuentes de
corriente.

DANGER
High Touch Current. Earth connection essential before connecting supply.

GEFAHR Hoher Ableitstrom. Vor Anschluss ans Netz Schutzerdung herstellen.

DANGER Courant de fuite élevé. Mise à la terre obligatoire avant la connexion de l'alimentation.
PELIGRO Alta tensión al tacto. La conexión a tierra es esencial antes de conectar la alimentación.

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

240 53-1004105-07
 Danger Notices

Laser dangers
DANGER
All fiber-optic interfaces use Class 1 lasers.

GEFAHR Alle Glasfaser-Schnittstellen verwenden Laser der Klasse 1.

DANGER Toutes les interfaces en fibre optique utilisent des lasers de classe 1.
PELIGRO Todas las interfaces de fibra óptica utilizan láser de clase 1.

DANGER
Use only optical transceivers that are qualified by Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. and comply with the FDA Class
1 radiation performance requirements defined in 21 CFR Subchapter I, and with IEC 60825 and EN60825. Optical
products that do not comply with these standards might emit light that is hazardous to the eyes.

GEFAHR Verwenden Sie nur optische Transceiver, die von Brocade Communications Systems zugelassen sind und die die
Anforderungen gemäß FDA Class 1 Radiation Performance Standards in 21 CFR, Unterkapitel I, sowie IEC 60825 und
EN60825 erfüllen. Optische Produkte, die diese Normen nicht erfüllen, können Strahlen aussenden, die für das menschliche
Auge gefährlich sind.
DANGER Utilisez uniquement des émetteurs-récepteurs optiques certifiés par Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. et conformes
aux exigences sur la puissance de rayonnement de catégorie 1 de la FDA définies au sous-chapitre 21 CFR I et à les normes
IEC 60825 et EN60825. Les produits optiques non-conformes à ces normes sont susceptibles d’émettre une lumière
dangereuse pour les yeux.
PELIGRO Utilice sólo transceptores ópticos aprobados por Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. y que cumplan con las normas IEC
60825 y EN60825, y con los estándares de rendimiento Clase 1 de FDA definidos en el subcapítulo I de 21 CFR. Los
productos ópticos que no cumplan con estos estándares pueden emitir luz dañina para los ojos.

DANGER
Laser Radiation. Do Not View Directly with Optical Instruments. Class 1M Laser Products.

GEFAHR Laserstrahlung! Schauen Sie nicht direkt mit optischen Instrumenten in den Laserstrahl herein. Klasse 1M Laserprodukte.
DANGER Rayonnement de laser. Ne regardez pas directement avec des instruments optiques. Produits de laser de classe 1M.
PELIGRO Radiacion de Laser. No vea directamente con Instrumentos Opticos. Clase 1M de Productos de Laser.
警告 レーザ放射 光学器具で直接ビームを見ないこと クラス１ M レーザ製品

Brocade X6-8 Director Hardware Installation Guide

53-1004105-07 241